MACMILLAN'S COURSE OF GERMAN COMPOSITION FIRST COURSE PARALLEL GERMAN -ENGLISH EXTRACTS AND PARALLEL ENGLISH -GERMAN SYNTAX BY G. EUGENE FASNACHT LATE ASSISTANT-MASTER, WESTMINSTER SCHOOL EDITOR OF MACMILLAN'S SERIES OF 'FOREIGN SCHOOL CLASSICS' 'FRENCH COURSE,' 'GERMAN COURSE,' ETC. Honbon MACMILLAN AND CO. AND NEW YORK I IN MEMORIAM PREFACE FRAMED on the same plan as the compiler's French Composi- tion, this class-book aims at linking the pupil's first attempts at German Composition with the course of his German Readings making the writing of connected passages go hand in hand with Translation, and alongside with^ instead of after^ the systematic study of Syntax. Experience has shown that familiarity with Grammatical Rules alone- indispensable though these are is not a sufficient equipment for the mastery of the far greater difficulties of Diction : Syntax is reducible to Rules, whilst Diction, defying every attempt at classification, will yield its secrets to none but the sympathetic student to whom the study of a foreign language is a matter of feeling as well as of understanding. Nor is it. in the crammed columns of a Dictionary, teeming with snares and pitfalls, that the Beginner may fairly be expected to find the suitable brick and mortar for building up a workmanlike structure.* It is only by immersing himself headlong, as it were, in the extraneous atmosphere that he can nerve himself for the struggle ; and for this process of immer- sion to yield its full benefits, it is necessary that the readings in the foreign language should bear upon topics akin to the subject-matter of the composition. It is with a view to meet this want that the First Part has been elaborated. The stimulating effects of such a reciprocal process of assimilation and reproduction are obvious: the pupil, aware that on the * A good Dictionary is, of course, in any case indispensable, though for purposes of composition the shortcomings of even the best of them are glaring ; to mention one instance only, how is the student to work out the idiomatic rendering of "the squire's broad acres " from the literal equiva- lents for squire, broad, and acre f vi PREFACE careful construing of the original German extract will depend the adequate reconstruction of the kindred English passage, will have to give concentrated attention to the language in which the subject of the model extract is clothed, and thus an effective check will have been applied to the only too common habit of listless reading and slovenly half -understanding of words and idioms. The Second Part intended to put the student's power of self-help to a somewhat severer test contains easy Passages to be translated from the original English into German without further assistance than a few footnotes and occasional references to the Parellel Syntax in the Third Part. It has been assumed that by the time the pupil has reached the end of the First Part he will have gained sufficient familiarity with wordlore to make a discriminating use of his Dictionary. In the Third Part (containing a Parallel English - German Syntax^ intended chiefly for reference) the process followed in the ordinary run of grammars has been reversed : instead of taking the foreign tongue for the starting-point of comparison (i.e. proceeding from the unknown to the known), it has been deemed more expedient for purposes of composition to view the differences of idiom from the pupil's own standpoint his mother-tongue. The systematic grouping of practical illustra- tions affording as it does a bird's-eye view of the whole subject is of far higher value for the training of the mind and for a clear insight into the structural differences of the two languages than footnotes which, scattered throughout the whole book, can only lead to a scrappy knowledge of odds and ends. Special attention has been given to those points in which English and German are most at variance : I mean the use of Voices (pp. 112-115), Auxiliary Verbs (pp. 116-131), Prepositions (140-166), Participial Constructions (pp. 173-183), Attributive Genitive (pp. 201-207), and Complex Sentences ', involving the Order of Words (pp. 210-220). A Second Course, on the same lines, but intended for Ad- vanced Students, is in course of active preparation. Midsummer 1890. CONTENTS . FIRST PART. PARALLEL ENGLISH -GERMAN PASSAGES. Introductory I. Black and White II. Euclides III. Cape of Good Hope xv IV. Pumpkin and Acorn xv V. Merchant and Sailor VI. The small Kitchen 1. Faithful Horses 2. Discovery of Purple 3. The compassionate Dog 4. Birds of a Feather 5. Monkey Hunting . 6. Timur and the Ant 7. The considerate Wolf . 8. Horse and Ass 9. Wanderer, Tiger, and Crocodile . 10. The two Goats 11. Horse and Wolf . 12. The Sphinx . 13. Tantalus 14. Argus .... 15. Midas .... 1 6. Self-Devotion of Codrus PAGE xiii 17. ' 18. - xiii 19. ' e xv 20. ' 1 XV 21. ' xvi 22. ' xvi 23- ' 3 2 4 . ' 3 5 2 5 . 1 26. ] 5 5 2 7 . 1 28. . 7 7 2 9 . . 9 30. 31- ' 9 32. ' ii 32A. ii 33- 13 34- i3 34A. 15 35- 15 15 35A. 36. PAGE The Capitol . . . 17 Apelles . . .19 The clever Shepherd Boy 2 1 The clever Farmer . 21 The Gardener and his Ass 2 3 The Shoe-Nail . . 25 The monster Turnip . 27 The Gift of Languages . 29 Dinner "alfresco" . 29 Diamond cut Diamond . 33 Ingratitude . . -33 Animals contending for Precedence . -35 Strike of the Limbs . 37 Hare and Fox . -39 The Giant's Toys . -43 The three Wishes . -45 , Riddle . . .49 The Knight of the Swan 49 The ancient Germans . 53 Keeping a Secret . 55 Hercules in the Cradle . 55 Beulah . . -57 Adventures of Ulysses . 57 SECOND PART. ENGLISH EXTRACTS FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN. 37. ANECDOTES A. Helping to do no- thing 75 37. ANECDOTES continued B. Giving up the Ghost 75 C. Lending a Guinea . 75 Vlll CONTENTS PAGE PAGE 37- ANECDOTES continued 39- Turkish Tale 81 D. Sdjabenfreube 7 6 40. Genius, Virtue, and Re- E. Peace-making 7 6 putation . 82 F. Snoring at Church . 7 6 41. The Whistle 83 G. Netting the Fish . 77 42. The Vicar of Wakefield . 84 H. Cost of repairing a 43- Robinson Crusoe . 86 Watch . 77 44. Perseverance 88 I. A good Prescription 77 45- The Prodigy 88 K. Giving an Account 46. Chaucer 89 of One's Self . 78 47- Cromwell's Army . 92 L. Friends and Money 78 48. The Normans 93 M. Frightened at his 49- Death of Gustavus Adol- Shadow . 79 phus 95 38. Alexander and the African 50. Scenes from She Stoops to Chief 79 Conquer . 98 THIRD PART. PARALLEL ENGLISH-GERMAN SYNTAX. I. THE SIMPLE SENTENCE. A. PREDICATIVE RELATION. PAGE 1. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE Caution: Verb in sen* not used as Subj. ........ 101 2. Engl. Pers. Subj. often = Germ. Impersonal . . . 101 3. Concord of Subj. and Predic. Caut. Collective Nouns; "There are," "they are" ...... 102 4. Pron. -Compl. (c$, fcaS) implied in Engl. Caut. nirf)t ttXtfy?, fcod), etc 103 5. Order of Words (a) Normal ; (b) Inverted . . .104 6. TENSES, MOODS, AND VOICES Comparative Table . .105 7. Engl. Present = (a) Germ. Pres. ; (b} Future . . .106 8. E. Pres. Perf. = (a) G. Pres. Perf. ; (b} Present . .106 9. E. Preterit = (a) G. Preterit ; (b} Pres. Perf. ; (c] Past Perf. ; (d) Pres 107 10. E. Past Imperfect = G. Preterit 108 IOA. Germ. Preterit and Perfect compared . . . .108 11. E. Past Perf. (Pluperf.) = G. Past Perf. . . . .109 12. E. Future = (a) G. Future; (d) Present . . . .109 13. E. Future Perf. - G. Fut. Perf. 109 14. Conditional . . . . . . . .no 15. Subjunctive . . . . . . . . .no CONTENTS PAGE 1 6. Imperative . . . . . . . . .no 17. E. Active Voice = (a) G. Active ; (b} Reflex. ; Impers. Verb used reflexively . . . . . . . .in 1 8. E. Passive Voice - (a) G. Passive (Cautions) ; (/;) Reflex. ; (c] Active .112 19-20. E. Reflexive and Reciprocal Verbs Caut. Reflex, form expressing reciprocity . . . . . . .115 AUXILIARY VERBS. 21. to be ; 22. to have (Caut. will have) ; 23. shall . 116-118 24. should; 24A. ought to ; 25. will; 26. would . . 119-120 27. may (Caut. like); 28. can, could (Caut. Indie, or Condit.) 121-122 28A. to know (Caut. femtett and fonnen) ; 29. must . .123 30. to wish ; 31. to want ; 3IA. to need ; 32. to let . 124-125 33. to do ; ^. to make . . . . . . 126-127 35. to get (Caut. to have got] ; 36. to like .... 128 37. Verbs of saying (a) to speak; (b} to talk; (c] to say; (d] to tell . 129 38. Verbs of causing, ordering, allowing, etc. . . .131 39. Infinit. Complement left out . . . . . .131 B. THE ADVERBIAL RELATION. 40. Introductory Distinction between (l) Object, and (2) Advl. 132 41. Engl. Direct Object = (a) Germ. Accusat. ; (b) Indir. Obj. 132 42. E. Double Accus. = (a) G. Double Ace. ; (b) Dat. + Ace. ; (c) Ace. + fi$f ; (d) Ace. + ju 134 43. G. Adverbial Adjunct in the Ace. . . . . 135 44. Indirect Object . . . . . . . .136 45. E. Indir. Obj. with to, = (a) G. Dat. ; (b) JU with Dat. . 136 (c) = an with Ace. ; (d) narf) with Dat. ; (e) rtttf with Da *. ; (/) gegen ; (g] t>ot 137 46. Indir. Obj. with of, = (a) G. Genit. (Caut. Poetic diction) 138 (*)*on; Wan; (. up . . .157 74. with; 75. within; 76. without .... 158-160 77. Recapitulation of Prep, which govern the Ace. or Dat. . 160 77A. an, with Ace. or Dat. ; 78. 0/. ; 85. 3hnftf)Ctt, with ^^. or Dat. 166 86. VERBAL COMPLEMENT Introductory . . . .167 87. The Infinitive 167 88-89. (I.) -Pw* Infinitive; (II.) /0 + Infinitive . . 167-168 Caut. Engl. Passive Infinit. = Germ. Active Infinit. . 169 90. for + Ace. + Infinit. . . . . . . .170 91. Infinit. introduced by what, whom, how, when, where . 170 92. Infinitive as Subject ; 93, 94. Ace. -\-Infinit. . 171-172 95. The Verb in -ing: Introductory . . . . 173 96. (I.) Used as Imperfect 174 97. (II.) Verbal Adject, in -ing . . . . .174 98. (III.) Verb in -ing used adverbially . . . .175 99. (IV.) Verbal Noun in -ing. . . . . .176 100. (a] as Subject; (b) Predic. Compl. ; (c) as Compl. of Object 176 101. (d) as Direct Object 177 102. (e) as Indir. Object; or, Indir. Complement . . 178 IO 3- governed by of, after, before, by . . .179 104-106. governed \yyfor, by from, by in . . . .180 107-110. governed by instead of , by on, by with, by without . 181 111. (V.) Verbal Noun limited by a Poss. Case or Poss. Adj. . 182 112. (VI.) Verbal Noun limited by an Art., Adj., or Noun . 183 113. Perfect Participle 183 114. Adverbs; 115. Engl. Verbs rendered by Germ. Adv. . 184 1 1 6. Order of Words in Adverbial Relation . . . .185 C. ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION. 117. Introductory 1 88 118-119. (I.) Definite Article with Common Nouns . . .188 1 20- 1 22. (II. ) Indefinite Art. (a] = Germ. Indef. ; (b) No Art. ; (c) Defin. Art. . . . . . . .190 123-124. (III.) Article with Proper Nouns . . .191 CONTENTS xi 125-126. Place and Repetition of the Article . . . .192 127. Adjectives (I.) Agreement 192 128-129. (II*) Place; (III.) answering to Germ. Nouns 193 130-131. (IV.) Adjectives in Apposition; (V.) Numerals 193 132. Possessive Adjective-Pronouns . . . . .194 133. Demonstrative Adjective- Pronouns . . . . -195 134. Interrogative Adjective-Pronouns . . . . J 95 Indefinitive Adjective-Pronouns : . . . .196 135. all; 136. any, some; 137. both, the two . . 196-197 138-141. each, every ; either, neither; much, many, more, etc. ; little, few, etc 198 142-143. no, one 199 144. other, another, else 200 145. Attributive Genitive, in . . .'s . . . . .201 146-147. ,, expressed by of .... 202 148. Partitive Genitive ....... 204 149-150. Engl. Noun + of + Noun .... 204-205 151. Nouns linked by other Prepositions .... 205 152. Noun in Apposition ....... 205 153. Compound Nouns ....... 206 154. Noun qualified by an Infinitive . . . . 207 Noun qualified by a Verb in -ing 207 H._ COMPOUND AND COMPLEX SENTENCES. 155. Distinction between Compound and Complex Sentences . 207 156. COMPOUND SENTENCES Normal Order (Co-ordinate Conjunctions) . . . 208 157. Inverted Order ....... 209 158. Co-ordinate Conjunctions with a Correlative . . . 209 159. COMPLEX SENTENCES Substantival, Adjectival, Adverbial 210 1 60. Transposition of Inflected Verb . . . . .210 1 6 1 . I. Substantive Clauses . . . . . .211 162. English Ace. + Infinitive or Verb in -ing . . .211 163. Engl. Infinitive after Verbs of "knowing, saying," etc. . 21 1 164. Redundant # and fta in Principal Clause . . .212 165. Redundant t>a(r) compounded with a Prepos. (bciromf, etc.) 212 1 66. Indirect Statement (oratio obliqua) . . . .212 167. Indirect Question . . . . . . .213 1 68. Indirect Command . . . . . . .213 169. II. Adjective Clauses Agreement of Relat. Pron. . 214 170. who, whose, that, what, which, but, such as, when . 214 171. Use of Moods in Adj. Clauses . . . . .215 CONTENTS PAGE 172. III. Adverbial Clauses Introductory . . . .216 173. (a) relating to Place 216 174. (6) relating to Time 216 175-8. (c) relating to f I . circumstance; 3. comparison; Manner \ 2. means; 4. result, consequence 217-8 179. (d) relating to Cause 218 i So. (ar3cr Kii^e berettet?" , r ^di/' errpieberte bcr Kleinc fecf, r ,i)u bift alter als id), seige J)u mir erft bie eld|e r>on ben [d)toar3en ^uB|nern, unb tx>eld)e t>on ben roeigen ^ii^nern gelegt finb." " Have you bought me any butter (Butter,/) and eggs ?" " I have done as I was bid." " Now (roo^Ian), can you tell me which of these eggs have been laid by white hens, and which fegs [are laid] by hens that are black?" "Well, I am not so old as you ! Tell me first which butter is pre- s pared from the milk of black cows, and which butter is made of milk from white cows ? " II. (SuW*. Der beriifymte pfytlofopfy Socrates tourbe r>on fetnen Scfyiilern feB|r geltebt (mer berfelben, (u!Iib, !am oft mer UTetlen rr>eit r>on ZHegara, um ben tr>etfen Cel|rer 311 fyoren. Bet bem 2tusbrud)e eines Krieges gegen bie (intoo^ner r>on ZHegara, r>erboten bie 2ttl)ener 3^ berfelben bet Cobes* 5 ftrafe in tfyre Stabt 311 !ommen. 1)a fd^ltd) fid) u!ltb ofter in 5^ciuen!Ieibern nad) 2ttl)en, um etne ^tad)t unb etnen Cag bet Socrates 3U3ubringen. 'Damt gtng ber treue Sd)iiler mieber 310: tad)t3ett nad) 2Tcegara 3urn to disgiiise ones self, ftcfy Derfletben in, with ace. xiv INTRODUCTORY III $<*$ gfcrgefcirge fce* uten Die Subfpitje r>on 2Ifri!a ift r>on bem portugiefen tfyolomaus Dia3 entbecft. M (in Bauersmann lag in bem Sdjatten einer (Eid^e, unb betracfytete erne Kurbisftaube, bie an bem nadtften (5arten* 3aune emporrouc^s. Da fd)uttelte er ben Kopf unb fagte : rrfyml fyn! bas gefallt mir nid|t, bag bie fleine niebrige 5 Staube bort fo groge prad^tige 5nid]te tragt, ber ^o^e ^err* lidje id]baum aber nur fo Heine armfelige 5nid}te I]err)or^ bringt. XDenn id] bie IDelt erfd^affen l>atte, fo ^atte mir ber id]baum mit lauter grogen golbgelben 3entnerfd?roeren Kurbiffen prangen miiffen. Das roare bann eine prad]t 10 3um 2(nfe^en getoefen." Kaum ^atte er bies gefagt, fo fiel eine cfyel I^erab unb traf \fy\ fo ftar! auf bie Zlafc, bag fte blutete. wet) I " rief jefet ber erfcfyrocfene ZTtann; ,,ba babe id] fiir meine rtafett>eisbeit einen berben Ztafenftiiber befommen. IDenn 15 biefe id]el ein Kurbis geroefen toare, fo B>atte er mir bie arg 3erquetfd]t." INTRODUCTORY III. THE' CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. This Cape forms the southern extremity of Africa. It was discovered by the Portuguese. The storms that raged there were so violent that the Portuguese (adj. portugiejtfd}) sailors were obliged to return. They thought they were at the end of the world, and called the promontory " the 5 Cape of Storms." " No, rather (vidmtfyc) the Cape of Good Hope," exclaimed King John the Second of Portugal, when he received the glad tidings. And to (bis cmf, with ace.} the present (fyeuticj') day we call it the Cape of Good Hope. ^ I0 IV. THE PUMPKIN AND THE ACORN. One day (say of -a day) I lay in the shade of an oak. Close by, growing upon a garden hedge, was a big pumpkin. " I don't like that at all (not at all = gar nicfyt)," exdaimedT (cms*rufen *) I, shaking my head ; " here is a lofty oak which bears nothing but (als) paltry little fruits, and yonder (bort briiben) is a lowly vegetable which brings forth such 5 magnificent produce ! * When the world was created, pumpkins ought to have grown on oaks, and acorns on those tiny (unn3tcj|) plants. What a ( 134, b, 2) sight that would have been ! " \ As I said this, something fell down and hit my nose so K severely that it began to bleed. It was an acorn ! " A severe reproof indeed (in >er Cfyat; or^ furtDafyr) for my presumption!" exclaimed I ; "if a pumpkin had fallen from the oak, my nose would be in a nice state (fcfyon now !" , 2. Close by = natjc bet, with dative. 7. produce = fi^eugniffe, probufte,^/] //. xvi IN TROD UCTOR Y V. $cr .siaitfnmmt twfc &e ater unb Urgror>ater roaren ( 166) alle ertrunfen. ,,5iird]teft bu bid] benn nid]:," fufyr ber Kaufmatm 5 fort, ,,gleid]falls auf ber See 311 fterben ? /y ,,2Iber fage mir bod]/ y r>erfet$te ber 2Hatrofe, ,,rote finb benn bein Pater, (5ro^= r>ater tinb Urgro^pater geftorben ? " ,,Sie finb alle, er* roieberte ber Kaufntann, in il|rem 3ette geftorben/' ,,5ie^ft bu nun? " fragte I^ierauf ber ZHatrofe, ,,tt>arum follt 10 id] mid] alfo ntefyr fiird]ten, ^ur See 311 gefyen, als bu bid] furd]teft, 3U ^ette 3U gel|en ? " THE MERCHANT AND THE SAILOR. " How did your father die, Jack Tar (C^eerjade) ? " " My father was drowned in the sea, #$ 0/ft? (fo roie aud]) my grandfather and great-grandfather." "In your place I should be afraid of perishing in the sea too !" "But did 5 not your father die in bed ?"-]-" That is true." "And your mother and grandmother, how did they die?" "In bed too (say also in bed} !" "Well then (tDofjIcm), do (33, c, 2) tell me, how is (say comes) it that you are not afraid of going to bed ?" 3 . pi ace , steiie. VI. $ie ttetne ,,lDas fiir eine Heine Kud]e! /y rtef bie Konigin (Elifabeti] aus, als fie einen fd]onen fjerrenfife befel]en I|atte. ,,X)urd] ben 23efU3 einer fo fleinen Kiid]e, on ber Creue ber pferbe fyaben bie 2tlten riele unb rounberbare 23eifpiele cr3d^It. 2tls bcr Konig Hifomebes 5 ermorbet tr>orben roar, entfyelt \id\ fetn Pfcrb allcr Speife unb cnbtgte burd] freitDtlligen fjungertob fein Ccben. Ttac^bem ber Konig 2tntiod]us in ber Sd]Iad]t gctotet rporben rt?ar, bemdd^tigte fid] eincr t>on ben 5einben (bcr tt>elcfyer ben Konig getotet ^atte) bes pferbes beffelben unb 10 fet$te fid] fro^tocfenb barauf. Villein bas pferb, r>on Hntoillen entbrannt, lief jcifylings an abfd]iiffige Stellen unb fam mil bem Heiter 3ugleicfy um. 12. Cf. Uhland's ballad ^Die Hadje/' roeibete feine ]eerbe nid]t toeit t>om ZHeeresufer. 5ein Jf|unb fyatte eine 2T(eerfd]nede 3erbiffen unb !am mit rotgefarbter 5d]nau5e 3U feinem fjerrn 3uruertr>unbet unb tt?ifd]te ifyn mit 5 einem Knciuel tDoIIe.bie 5d]nau3e ab; ba fanb fid] feme IDunbe, aber bie IDoIIe B>atte bie (d]6nfte rote 5arbe ange* nommen. X)er fjirt fud]te nad] unb fanb bie 3erbiffene 5d]ne*fe; es roar bie purpurfd^nede. ^alb rourbe ber purpur roeitfyn beriil]mt i. FAITHFUL HORSES. Of all our domestic animals the dog is the most faithful. But of horses too the ancients relate to us many striking instances of fidelity. Nicomedes, king of Bithynia, had a favourite horse, which was so devoted to its master that after his death by the hancT of a murderer, it abstained 5 from all food, and died of ( 46) hunger on his grave. r , Antiochus, king of Syria, having fallen' in battle,* the 'foe who had killed him mounted the doctor eines XHorgens ein Krafeen an feiner C^iir. r tx>ar r>eripunbert, ba ein Kranfer fid] fo bet ifym anmelbete; als er aber bie (Cfyiir offnete, roen erblicfte er? X>en fleinen fjunb, ber iE]m fogleid] fdjmeicfyelnb bie fjanb letfte, unb neben ifym einen anberen fjunb mil 10 gebrodjenem ^eine, ben er bem guten >octor 3ufiii]rte. 4. lei^ unl> Ui$ Defeat ftrf) Kaifer 3f^ ^ er S^ite li^bte fein Pol! unb rtmnfdjte r>on ifym geliebt 3U roerben. (r eroffnete einen groen par!, 3U bem bis bafyin nur ber 2IbeI er 2lbel rt>ar feE|r un3ufrieben 5 bariiber, unb ' 4 eime' ; tiojmeBime fjerren be!Iagten fid] eines CToge6;bq .be^v ;lfaifcr r ba. ( fte nun gar fein plafed]en mefyr I]dtten^ bo fte un^cptt unter fid] fein fonnten. ;/ H>enn id] immer unter meines (5Ieid]en leben roollte," errt>ieberte ber Kaifer, ,,fo mu^te id] in bas (Seroolbe ^inabfteigen, too meine 2lfyien ruB]en. /; 2T(it biefer 2tnttoort muten fid] bie 3ufrieben geben. 3d] roiE (ud] er3dE]Ien, tr>ie man bie 2teffd]en fangt. Die Ceute geB]en in eine (5egenb, too es tnele 2Iffen gibt, ftellen ein 5a mit IDaffer unter einen ^aum unb roafd]en fid] tiid]tig. 3)ann fd]iitten fie bas reine XDaffer tr>eg un^ 5 f iinen bas 5a mit Ceimtoaffer* Kaum ftnb fie fortgegangen fo fommen bie 2tffen, roeld]e Allies mitxmgefefyen I)aben, POI i[]ren ^aumen fyerunter. PARALLEL PASSAGES 3. THE COMPASSIONATE DOG. My pretty little dog one day broke his leg/i I consulted a friend of mine, a veterinary surgeon ( 152), who tended my pet so carefully that in a few weeks he was on his legs again. Some time after, happening to meet ( 115) my friend, I was not a little surprised to hear that my dog had 5 ventured to call upon him. " One morning," said the surgeon, " I heard a scratching at my door. \ Surprised to hear ( 89) a patient announce himself in this strange fashion, I opened the door. But whom should I see but your little dog, who began to lick my hand, and then introduced 10 to me another dog with a broken leg ! " 4. BIRDS OF A FEATHER FLOCK TOGETHER. One day ( 43) a beautiful park was opened in Vienna for the recreation of the people.) Hitherto only the nobility had been admitted to it ( 45). "Now we have not a single place left where we can meet our equals undisturbed," said an aggrieved nobleman to the Emperor Joseph the 5 Second ( 152), by whose orders the park had been opened. > Joseph, who loved his people, and was beloved by them ( 59), replied, " Suppose the Emperor took it into his head to consort exclusively with his equals ! why, he would have to descend into the vaults where his ancestors are I0 buried ! I hope you will rest satisfied with this reply ! " , 5. MONKEY HUNTING. Shall I tell you how monkeys are caught ? Yes, do ; I have long wished to have a monkey of my own ( 132). First of all, you must go to a country where there are plenty of monkeys !- Then I need not go far ! I know of n howling wilderness of monkeys close by. \ 5 6 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN Sie fangen nun aud] an, fid] 311 roafd]en ; aber to as gefd]iefyt? 1>as Ceimroaffer r>er!lebt ben bummen Cieren 10 bie 2Iugen. Sic fonnen nid]t mefy: fefyen unb roerben Ieid]t gefangen. 2Iud] Kinber biirfen nid]t 2IlIes nad]mad]en, roas ftc fefyen, cs fonnte i^ncn (5cfatjr bringcn toic ben SJcffcfycn. in J^aupt3iig in bcm (I>ara!tcr bicfcs ZHanncs tr>ar (cine cifcrnc ^cl]arrlid]fcit, cine (igcnfd]aft, bic frcilid] 3ur (Sriin* bung eines fold]en Hcid^cs nottpcnbig ift, So roic oft bic gro^tcn 23egebenfyeiten aus ben gcring* 5 fugigften Umftdnbeit cntftc^cn, fo r>erfid]ertc Cimur, bag er bicfc ^eB|arrIid]!cit r>or3uglid) eincmjllmftanbe r>crban!c, bcr r>on gerpofynlicfyen tHenfd^en faum bemerft roorben roare. tEimur fi|ng feine Caufba^n fefyr I lein an, unb i^atte mit r>ielen IPiberrrartig!eiten 3U fampfen, (ines Cages roar er geno* 10 tigt, r>or feinen 5^inben Sd]ut$ 3U fud|en in ben Huinen eines (5ebaubes, too er mele Stunben einfam 3ubrad]fe, Hm feine (5ebanfen r>on ber ^offnungslofen Cage, in ber er fid] befanb, ab3uroenben, betracfytete er aufmerffam eine 2tmeife, bie bemii^t tr>ar, ein Ddi3enforn, grower als fie felbft, eine 15 2tnI)6E]e I]inauf 311 tragen. (r 3dB)Ite neununbfed]S3ig t>ereitelte Perfume ; fo oft fiel bas 3nfe!t mit feiner aft pon oben I]er.ab ; aber es Iie nid]t nad], unb bet bem fieb3igften Perfume erreicfyte es gliidPIid] ben (Bipfel. >iefer Heine PorfaE gab ifyn auf ber Stelle neuen ZHut, unb er nafym fid] 20 baraus eine efyre, bie er nie roieber 7. in (Efel begegnete einem I]ungrigen IDoIfe. ,,jabe TTdtleiben mit mir! /y fagte ber 3itternbe (fel; id] bin ein armes !ran!es Cier ; fiel] nur, roas fiir einen Dorn id] mir in ben 5u getreten I]abe. ,,tt)al]rl]aftig, bu bauerft mid]/' PARALLEL PASSAGES Then take a tub, place it under a monkey tree, fill it with water, and wash your face in it. f When you have done washing, empty the tub, fill it again with gluey water, and walk away. The monkeys, who, of course, have been watching you all the while, come down, and at once proceed 10 to wash their pretty faces ( 132); but having thus glued up their eyelids, they are no longer able to see their way, and fall an easy prey to your crafty trick ! ^ 6. TlMUR AND -THE ANT (A LESSON IN PERSEVERANCE). Great events often arise from trifling circumstances. , Tamerlane, the great conqueror, for instance, is said to have been indebted for his remarkable perseverance to a trifling incident which an ordinary man would hardly have heeded. Early in his chequered career, being hard pressed 5 by his enemies, he sought a refuge in the ruins of an old building.3 There he witnessed a trait of perseverance which diverted his thoughts from the desperate straits to which he was reduced. "An ant," as he himself relates, "was endeavouring to carry uphill a grain of wheat bigger than 10 itself. But half way the ant, overcome by its heavy burden, fell down again. I So far from allowing itself to be dis- heartened ( 1 8, 32), the plucky insect renewed its attempts sixty-nine times, and at last the seventieth time it suc- ceeded in reaching ( 106) the eminence. . This admirable 15 example of endurance taught me a lesson never to be forgotten (154).} I took heart again, and left .my refuge with the resolution never to give in." 7- THE CONSIDERATE WOLF. One day a grim wolf met a lame ass. At the sight of the ravenous beast of prey ( 149), the poor ass, trembling in ( 62) every limb, entreated him to have pity on a poor cripple who had run a thorn into his -foot. : " Whenever I see a poor suffering fellow-creature," said the wolf compas- 5 GERMAN COMPOSITION 5 t>erfet3te ber Wolf. ,,Hnb id] ftnbe mid] in meinem (Seunffen r>erbunben, bid] von biefen Sd]mer3en 311 befreien." Kcmm toar bas IPort gefagt, fo mart) ber eld)c mit er (Efel, tselcfyer miibe geroorben roar, bat fcas pferb, bag es i^n, rocnn es i^n am Ccben erfyalten roolltc, um cinen Ceil feiner Cajt erletd]tcrn mod]tc. pferb tr>ies bie 23itte bc5 ((els 3iiriicf . Kut3 ber (fel r>on 2Inftrengung aiifgericbcn auf bcm XPege sufammen, unb ^aud^te fein Ccbcn aus. 1)a legtc ber Creiber alles (5epci(f , bas ber (fel getragen fyatte, unb obenbrein nod) bie ^aut, roeld^e bent (fel abge3ogen rporben 10 roar, bem pferbe auf. Pergebens fing baffelbe an i fein Sd]id\al 3U beflagen, ba es [jcfet] bie gan3e aft trage, t>on ber es 3upor nid]t einmal einen Ceil fyatte iiberne^men roollen. eincm (c^malen XDege, IPO 3ur Hed^fen ein <5ebirge emporftieg, 3ur Cinfen ein grower Strom r>orbei raufd^te, ging ein IDanberer. plo^Iid) fa^ er r>om 3erge I^erab einen grimmigen Ciger auf fid] 3ueilen; biefem 311 5 entgefyen, roollte er fid] gerabe3U in ben Strom ftiir3en, unb fid] burd] Sd]ioimmen 311 retten fud]en, als aus ber $lut ein Kro!obil emporfutjr. ,,(D id] (Elenber, rief ber IDanberer aus, rool]in id] bli(f e, ift ber getoiffe Cob \ n Poll unaus* fpred]Iid]er 2lngft fan! er bei biefen IPorten 311 Boben. Der 10 Ciger, fd]on I]art an ifyn, tl]at einen jafyen Sprung unb fiel bem Krofobil in ben PARALLEL PASSAGES sionately, " I feel in duty bound to relieve him of his pains ; therefore I have no alternative but to put a speedy end to thy agony." With these words of comfort the tender-hearted wolf rushed upon the ass and tore him in pieces, j 8. THE HORSE AND THE Ass. A horse and an ass, heavily laden with luggage, were once driven to ( 45) market, j Said the over- burdened ass to the sturdy horse, " I am so spent with fatigue that I cannot walk many steps farther. For pity's sake, relieve me of part of my burden ; thou art so young and strong ! '^ 5 " I have as much as I can bear, without burdening my- self with other people's loads." The horse had no sooner said that, when the poor ass, utterly exhausted, stumbled and fell down dead. What happened ? The driver without more ado loaded 10 not only the ass's burden but also his skin on the horse's back. I Too late did now the unfeeling horse repent of his hardness of heart. 9. THE WANDERER, THE TIGER, AND THE CROCODILE. A wayworn pilgrim was wending his way along a narrow defile. To the right flowed a deep stream ; to the left beetled a bare clift, from a hidden gorge of which he saw all of a sudden a fierce tiger rush towards him. \ The wanderer was a good swimmer, and would have thrown 5 himself into the roaring stream to reach the opposite bank, had not at that very moment the open jaws of a crocodile emerged from the waters. Whichever way he looked certain death was staring him in the face.j His knees gave GERMAN COMPOSITION 2lud] in ber fyod]ften Zlot r>er5tr>eifle nid]t ! 0ft bient 311 Reiner (Srfyaltung, roas im erften 2lugenblic beinen Untergang 311 sollenben fd]ien. 10* $ie fccifcen ei iel alter als bu, unb foil bir tr>eid]en? nimmermel]r \" 23eibe beftanben immer I]artnacfiger barauf, baf$ fie ein* 10 anber nid]t nad]geben roollten ; jebe roollte 3uerft B]inuber, unb fo fam es pom ^an!e 3um Streit unb 311 {Efycttlid^feiten. 5ie fyelten iB]re Corner r>orroart5 unb rannten 3ornig gegen einanber. Pon bem beftigen Sto^e perloren aber beibe bas er XDolf naE]erte fid] liiftern ; allein bas pferb r>erfete il)m mit feinem f]interfuge einen fold]en 5d]lag an ben Kopf, ba er betaubt nieberftiir^te. Cuftig roiel]ernb rannte bas pferb bat>on. ( PARALLEL PASSAGES way, and he sank down in despair ; but this proved his 10 salvation, for the tiger, just then bouncing upon him, missed his aim and fell into the crocodile's gaping jaws. / 10. THE TWO GOATS. A goat about to cross a very narrow footbridge, meeting another goat half way, bade her go out of her way. ** "You had better go back first" ( 22), exclaimed the other goat. " I shan't ; I was on the bridge before you, and am not 5 going to retreat to please anybody." " And I tell you, you shall give way ; if not " Well, what if not ? " So saying, they both took a start and ran against one another so furiously that both lost their balance and fell together into the deep torrent below. - ii. THE HORSE AND THE WOLF. Stepping from the thicket of a wood a hungry wolf saw a young horse that was grazing in a meadow. With a view to catch the colt, he entered into a conversation with it, pretending to be a physician. The horse said that was lucky, for his left hind hoof hurt him very much. I When, 5 however, the wolf approached to see what was the matter with the hoof, the horse dealt him such a kick that he was quite stunned, and fell down half dead, whilst the horse ran away. ) GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN >ie Spfynj foil ein geroiffes Dunbergefd]opf geroefen fein, tt>eld]es ben Kopf unb bie fjcinbe eines 2T(abd}ens, ben Korper ernes fjunbes, bie Sugel eines Pogels, bie Stimme ernes ZHen^ fd]en, bie Klauen eines otr>en, ben Sd]tx>an3 eines 2)rad]en 5 fyatte. Sie faft auf einem 5elfen nafye bei tEfyeben in ^3ootien, unb pflegte ben Poriibergei)enben fo fd]roere Hcitfel auf5ti^ geben, ba fie biefelben nid]t lofen !onnten. 2llsbann flog fie 511 il]nen fy^ti unb ri fie 311 fid] auf ben 5^f^n, unb serfleifcfyte fie entroeber mit ben Klauen, ober ftiir3te fie t?om &\\or : tr>eld]es <5efd}opf am 21Toi 4 gen rierfu^ig, am ZHittage stoeifii^ig, am 2lbenbe brei* fii^ig rocire ? 0ebipus beutete bas Hatfel unb fagte, baft es 15 ber 2T(enfcf} fei. J)enn biefer ift in ber Kinbf?eit, auf J^cinben unb 5iiften friec^enb, r>ierfiiftig; roann er 3 un 9 un 9 un ^ 2T(ann geroorben ift, stoeifiiftig ; im 2llter aber breifiiftig, roeil ncimlid] bie (5reife auf einen Stab geftii^t, ein^ersuge^en pflegen. 2Us 0ebipus fo bas atfel geloft ^atte, ftiirste fid] 20 bie ersiirnte 5pl)in^ t)om 5elfen l)erab unb fam felbft um. tantalus roar ben (Sottern fo lieb, baft gel>eimen plane anr>ertraute unb ifyi su ben ZHafy^eiten ber (Sotter 3ulieft. 2Iber jener pflegte basjenige, roas er bei 3upiter gebort I^atte, ben Sterblicfyen 3U t>erraten. IDegen 5 biefes 5ret>els tpurbe er in bie Hnterroelt r>erftoften, roo er im IDaffer fte^enb immer burftet. 3)enn fo oft er einen Crun! tDaffer ne^men toill, n?eid>t bas IDaffer 3uriicf. benfo I]dngen Baumfrud)te iiber bent Kopfe beffelben, aber fo oft er biefelben 311 pfliicfen r>erfucM, roerben bie eige in bie entrust unb taufdien ben ^jungernben. PARALLEL PASSAGES 13 12. THE SPHINX. The Sphinx was a fabulous animal which the ancients usually represented with the head and hands of a maiden, the body of a winged dog or lion, and the tail 6f a dragon. It was also supposed to be endowed with a human voice. -/ - Seated ( 1 13) on a rock, the Sphinx used to put difficult 5 riddles to every Theban that passed by ; and whoever was unable to solve them was either torn to pieces or hurled from the rock. Many Thebans had already miserably perished, when CEdipus came into that neighbourhood. / To him the monster put a riddle which ran as follows ( 115) : 10 "There is a creature which in the morning walks on four feet, at noon on two feet, and in the evening on three feet what ( 134) animal is it?" -"It is man," answered QEdipus, " who in infancy crawls upon all fours, in man- hood stands erect upon two feet, and in old age totters 15 along leaning on a staff." So angry was the Sphinx at seeing ( 103) herself outwitted that she threw herself down from the rock and was killed on the spot. 13. TANTALUS. Tantalus had endeared himself to Jupiter so much that he was admitted to the banquets of the Olympian gods. Unfortunately he betrayed to (the) mortals the secret plans which the king of gods had entrusted to him. .This indis- cretion proved his ruin.j Banished to the nether world, he 5 was doomed to suffer raging thirst, while standing ( 98) in the midst of a lake. For whenever he attempted to slake his thirst, the treacherous water receded. And when- ever, pressed by hunger, he endeavoured to reach the tempting fruit which hung over his head, the branches 10 would ( 26) shrink back and mock his ravenous hunger, f I 4 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN Die alten 5abelbid)ter er3dfylen rounberbare Dinge r>on einem getxnffen 2Irgus, roeld^er fyunbert 2lugen am cjat^en Korper gefyabt fyaben foil. So far} er Allies rr>as rings um ifyt fyer roar, 2Ibroed)feInb genoffen je 3tt>ei 2tugen ben 5 Scfylaf ; bie iibrigcn rpac^ten. (Enblid] aber jd]Idfcrte ifyn 2T(er* ctirius auf Befell bes 3uptter burd^ cinen crte. 2>en (5etoteten r>errr>anbelte 3 un ^ n einen Pfau, unb feme 2(ugen in funfelnbe 5^bern, mit benen fie ben Scfymeif bes Pogels 10 fcfymM te. ZHibas, Konig t)on p^rygien, bat einft ben 23accfyus, ba roas er nur berii^ren tourbe, in <5olb r>eru>anbelt roerben mod|te. Der (5ott er^orte bie 3itte bes fyocfjft t^orid|ten ZHenfd^en, Sogleid] glanste 2tlles, was rings 5 fyerum tr>ar, r>on (5olb ; bie Speifen felbft unb ber IDein rourben in (5olb r>erroanbelt. 2lnfangs 3ic>ar freute fid^ ZHibas feines neuen ^eid]ftims. ^alb aber, als er pon ganger unb >urft gequcilt rourbe, fal) er ein, ba er gerabe roegen beffen, roas er fo leibenfd^aftlid) bege^rt fyatte, fe^r 10 ungliitf (id) fei. (r er^ob ba^er bie ^cinbe 5um J^immel unb rief aus: ,,3cfy l|abe gefeyt, Dater Backus, erbarme bidj meiner unb entrei^e mid) biefem gldn3enben Cdd]elnb unEfafyrte ber (5ott bent ^ittenben, ^tls bie fiegreid?en Sorier fid) bes gan3en Peloponnefes bemdd)tigt batteit, gingen fie aud) uber bie Canbenge, ent* riffen ben 2ttl)enern ZHegaris, unb brangen tief in bas 2lttifd)e (Sebiet ein, bas fie mit 5euer unb 5d)ix>ert r>eri)eerten. ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 15 14. ARGUS. A certain Greek called Argus, the fabulists of antiquity tell us, could see everything around him, because he had a hundred eyes. Of these eyes only two at a time were allowed ( 18) to enjoy sleep, whilst all the rest were wide awake. Mercury, however, at ( 53) the command of 5 Jupiter, sent him to sleep by the sweet notes of his flute and then cut off his head ( 132). \ Thereupon Juno transferred his eyes to the tail of a peacock, her favourite bird ( 152). / 15. MIDAS. A' certain king of Phrygia, called Midas, who had rendered a service to Bacchus, asked him for a favour. "Ask anything thou likest, and thy wish shall be fulfilled," said the god. " Well," said Midas, " I wish that every- thing I touch may be transformed into gold."-*- Hardly had 5 the greedy man expressed his foolish wish, when everything he came in contact with was changed into ( 63) the precious metal : his garments and every piece of furniture around him became gold. The covetous king, seeing ( 98) his wish fulfilled, was quite overjoyed at first. \ But by and 10 by he found that the very food and the wine on his table were transformed into gold as soon as they touched his lips. Sorely pressed by hunger and thirst, he became aware of the folly of his wish, and implored Bacchus to deliver him from the consequences of his greed. The god took 15 pity on him and granted his request. / 1 6. SELF-DEVOTION OF CODRUS. At the time when Codrus was king of the Athenians, the Dorians victoriously invaded Attica. The oracle of Delphi, 1 6 GERMAN COMPOSITION 5 Damals roar Kobrus Konig ber 2ftfyener. Von ben I^art bebrangt, fdjicfte er (Sefanbte nad) Delphi unb lieft bas ra!el fragen, burd] roekfyes ZHittel fern Paterlanb von einem fo fd?roeren Kriege befreit roerben fonnte. Da foil ber (5ott geantroortet fyaben, ba bas Pol!, beffen Konig r>on 10 feinblid^er ^anb faKe, Sieger fein roiirbe. Diefer 0ra!el* jprucfy ir>arb nid]t nur im atfyenifcfyen, jonbern aud) tm bori^ fcfyen Cager be!annt, Die Dorier erlieen ba^er ein Perbot, ben Kobrtts im Kampfe 311 r>erle^en, unb ^iiteten fid^ r>or einer Scfylacfjt. Kobrus aber legte bie er!Ieibete fid) als Canbmann unb ging mit einem ^3iinbel ^ols auf bem Hiitfen unb einer 2%t in ber J^anb in bas feinblicfye Cager. fjier ftng er abfid]tlid) mit einem Dorier Streit an, r>erir>unbete ifyi mit feiner 2%t, unb roarb r>on bem Dorier, ber fein Scfytoert 3og, getotei ^alb aber er* 20 fannten bie Dorier ben eid]nam bes Konigs unb sogen fid) aus 5d)eu t>or bem 0ra!elfprud]e ofyie Creffen 3uruom Kriege befreit. Das Capitolium roar ber ^od^fte unb befeftigtefte (J)rt ber Stabt Horn. (s beftanb aus ein3elnen (Sebauben, roelcfye r>on rounberbarer prad^t roaren. ZHefyrere (Sotter fatten bafelbft Cempel; ber grogte unb angefel)enfte von alien roar ber 5 Cempel bes 3upiter mit ber golbenen Bilbfaule biefes (5ottes. Da^er nannten bie Homer bas Capitolium ben irbifd]en lPoI]nfife bes 3upiter. 2tud) bes Homulus mit Strol) gebeon ben (Salliern belagert rourbe, bie rroartung ber Homer. ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 17 consulted by Codrus ( 59), declared that the Athenians would be victorious, if their king fell by the hands of the Dorians. When the latter heard of this oracle, they de- 5 cided not on any account ( = on no case) to hurt Codrus, and therefore to avoid a battle. I The king, however, who had disguised himself as a countryman, entered the Dorian camp and there picked a quarrel. A Dorian, wounded by the king's axe, drew his sword and killed the intruder. But 10 when they discovered that the corpse was that of the Athenian king, the Dorians, mindful of the oracle, at once retreated without giving battle. 1 6 A. Die I^offrmng, tote es j n ^em italienifcfyen roort fyet^t, ift bas 33rot ber 2(rmen, unb bies t>eranlate 23 aeon 311 fagen, bajs es em fefyr gutes 5nifyftucf fein forme, aber ein fefyr armfeliges 2(benbbrot abgeben miiffe. Hope, says a proverb, may be an excellent breakfast, but it can certainly not make a good supper. ^ 17. THE CAPITOL. The Capitol, the temple of Jupiter, one of the most imposing buildings in Rome, was situated on the southern ( 129) summit of the Mons Capitolinus. The temple and the arx were guarded by dogs, who, however, seem to have neglected their duty when the Gauls besieged the Capitol, s In the dead of night a picked troop of these had climbed the summit of the rock unobserved, and were about to take possession of the Capitol. \ But in the temple of Juno ( 146) certain sacred geese were kept, and these, in the hour of need, began to cackle aloud and to flap their wings, so that 10 they* roused M. Manlius from sleep ( 64). Then he, c z g GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN 3)enn bie (Saltier gelangten in einer 3iemlid} r/ellen mit fo grower Stifle auf ben oberften Sclfcn, bag nid?t cinmal bie fjunbe aufgeipecft irmrben. Die (Sanfe aber erir>ee!ten 15 burd] ifyr Icmtes Sdmattern unb burd? ben Sd)Iag ber 5Iu^^I ben Znanlius. >tefer ergrtjf fogleidj bie IPaffcn, roarf einen (5aIIter, bcr fd^on oben (tanb, mit bcm 5d]ilbe fynab unb trieb baitn anbere, tt>elcfye bie 5^If^n mit ben fjanben umfagtcn, mit fjulfe ber fyerbeUeilenben Homer surud. gum bleibenben 20 2Inben!en an bie[e Begeben^eit rtmrbe nad]i]er id^rlid) an bemjenigen Cage, an rpelcfyem jenes ge[d^e^en roar, eine (5ans in einer Sanfte mit feierlicl^em (5eprange burd) bie Stabt fyerumgetragen. ^ 18. ptolemaus, ber Konig t>on 2tegypten, roar bem einem ausge5eid]neten 2T(aler, nid]t [eB)r geneigt. 2lls biefer einft burd) einen Scfyffbrucfy nad^ 2lle^anbria r>erfd]Iagen roorben roar, rourbe i^m r>on ben fjofteuten nid]t nur !eine 5 erfd}mit)te 2T(enfd]en, roeld]e bem Kiinftler eine 5aIIe legten. Sie beftacfyen einen foniglid^en X>iener mit (5olb, ba er ben 2lpeHes im Hamen bes Konigs 5ur Cafel laben follte. 2tls nun jener gutes 2T(utes in bas !6niglid]e 5d]Io fam, fo rebete 10 ibn ptolemd'us Doll ttnttnHeit iiber ein fold^es fyart an unb fragte [fyn], rper iE|n gerufen I)dtte. ber ben ZTamen jenes 2T(enfd]en nicfyt rou^te, ergriff eine Koye t)om fjerbe unb seid^nete bie <5efid?ts3uge beffelben fo genau, bag ber Konig fogleid) ben Diener erfannte. 15 2(peIIes Kunft aber berounberte er fo fel^r, bag er fidj nun an fefyr rpo^lipollenb gegen i^n beipies, ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 19 hastily snatching up his arms, rushed to the edge of the cliff, and finding ( 179) a Gaul just setting foot upon the top, he pushed him down with his shield ; the other Gauls, who had already grasped the ledge of the rock, were repulsed 15 by the Roman soldiers, who had meanwhile hastened to the spot. ! 1 7 A. Unter ben 3 n fcften fyaben bie 23tene unb bie 2lmetfe burcf} ifyre 2Irbeiten bie 2Iufmer!famfeit unb 3enmnberung bes Ttoturforfcfyers erregt. Is not the industry of certain insects really wonderful ? Yes, the labours of bees and ants will ever arouse our admiration. 1 8. APELLES. The celebrated Greek painter Apelles was once driven by a storm to Alexandria. Ptolemy was at that time king of Egypt. Some of the courtiers, who knew that their lord was not well disposed towards the distinguished artist, resolved to lay a snare for him. One of the king's servants 5 was bribed to invite him to the king's table. The unwary Apelles accepted the invitation, but when he appeared in the royal palace, Ptolemy asked him sternly, "Who has invited you to my presence ? " The painter, indeed, did not know the offender's name, but taking a bit of charcoal 10 from the hearth, he began to trace a sketch of the man's features ; and so striking was the likeness that all present at once recognised the servant. From that time, however, Ptolemy treated the artist with the greatest consideration. 20 GERMAN COMPOSITION 3nt fiebenjdfyrigen Kriege raubte em ruffifcfjer Solbat einem Sd)dferjungen einen fjammel r>on ber ZDeibe. Der Knabe bat inftdnbig, ifym feinen fjammel 311 laffert, bod) ber Solbat roar unerbittlid) unb fd)leppte bas Cier fort. Da 5 lief ber Knabe 311 bent (Dberften bes Hegiments. J)iefer perfpracf), ben Solbaten ftrenge 311 beftrafen, fobalb ber Scfydferjiinge i^n r^erausfinben !6nne. ,,IPenn id) ifyn fe^e/ ; ertoieberte biefer, ,,fo roerbe id) ifyi gert)i roieber erfennen/' 3)er (Dberft Iie bas Hegiment antreten. 2tls es aufgeftellt 10 roar, gtng ber Knabe fynter bie (5Iteber unb befal) bie Ceute r>on I]inten. ," fprad) ber berft, w fo roirft bu ben J)ieb nid)t finben. 2Iuf bent HMen fie^t (iner rr>ie ber 2tnbere aus." ,,3)er, ben id) fud)e/' r>erfet$te ber Knabe, ,,foH anbers ausfefyen." r ging tt>eiter unb 3eigte enblid) auf ben 15 fed)sten ZHann int britten (5Iiebe. ,,)ier, ^err berft/ 7 rief er, ,,fyer l)abe id) ben fjammelbieb/' (r 3og ein StiidP Sotftein aus ber tEajd)e unb fui)r fort : , ; 2Tcit biefem Hotel 3eid)nen toir unfere J^dmmel, unb bamit I)abe id) bent 5ol= baten einen Strid) I)inten auf feine 1)egen?uppel gemad]t, um 20 ifyt rr>ieber 3U erfennen. Sef)en Sie, ^err berft, I)ier ift ber Strid) !" ,,Brar>o, /y fagte ber berft, ,,ber CTrnfaD ift einen Dufaten roert! 7 ' ,,2tber roer roirb mir ben geben? /; fragte ber Knabe. >er berft Iad)te unb fprad) : ,,3d), bu 5d)Iau^opf \" (r 5og feine Borfe unb gab bent Knaben bas 25 (Seiytikf ; ber Solbat aber mute ben ^ammel roieber r?erfd)affen unb roiirbe ftrenge beftraft roorben fein, roernt ber Knabe nid)t 5iirbitte fur ifyi eingelegt fjatte. t iuge ^anbmiiun uni> fein (inem Bauersmann rourbe 3U Ttad)t [ein fcbonftes pferb aus bent Stalle geftofylen. r rei[te fiinf3eE)n Stunben roeit auf einen Pferbemarft, eitt anberes 311 faufen. PARALLEL PASSAGES 19. THE CLEVER SHEPHERD BOY. A shepherd boy, having ( 98) been robbed of a sheep by a Russian soldier, went to the colonel of the regiment to complain of the theft. " I shall have the marauder severely punished" ( 22), said the colonel, "provided, of course, you can find him out." And having ordered the 5 regiment to fall in, he desired the boy to pick out the man.._r As, however, to everybody's astonishment, the lad at once proceeded to inspect the ranks from behind, the colonel told him that this was hardly the way to recognise the thief. But pointing at the ninth man in the second rank, 10 the boy exclaimed, "This and none other is the fellow who stole my sheep." \ "How do you know that?" asked the colonel. " By ( 59) this red mark which I chalked on his sword- belt before he walked away with his booty." 15 The colonel, highly amused at this luminous idea, having declared it was worth a rouble, the boy immediately asked who was going to give him that rouble ? " I shall ( 4), you sly fox," said the colonel, laughing heartily. The soldier, however, was spared the punish- 20 ment he deserved ( 1 8), the generous boy himself interced- ing (98) for him. ^ 20. THE CLEVER FARMER. A farmer, who had gone to a horse fair to buy a horse, was not a little surprised to perceive among those offered for sale the very nag that had been stolen from his stables the night before. GERMAN COMPOSITION 2lber fiefy unter ben feilen pferben auf bent 2Tfarfte 5 erblicfte er aucfy fern pferb. (r ergriff es fogleicfy bet bent giigel unb fd?rie latit : ,,>er <5aul ift mein, t>or brei Cagen rtwrbe er mir geftofylen." 3)er ZHann, ber bas pferb feil fyatte, fagte fe^r E)6flid] : //3^ r f e ^ unrest baran, Itebcr 5^^unb. 3d^ B^abe bas Hog 10 fc^on iiber ein 3afyr. t il]tn nur gletdj." 3)er ^aucr B^iclt bent pferbe gefd]it)mb mit beiben fjanbcn bie 2tugen 511 unb ricf: ,,2tun, ipenn 3^ r &^n (5atil fcfyon lange ^abt, fo fagt: auf ipcld]em 2luge ift er blinb?" 15 Dcr ZHann, ber bas Pferb urirHicfy gefto^Ien, aber nod) nid]t genau betrad^tet B^atte, er[d]ra!. XDeil er inbeg bod) etoas fagen mugte, fo rief er auf (5eratetooB)( : r ,2tuf bent linfen 2tuge. yy n yyc I)abt es nid)t getroffen/ 7 fagte ber 23auer, ,,auf bent 20 Iin!en 2luge ift bas ^ier nid^t blinb/' ,,2lcV ricf jefet ber ^Tfann, ,,\d\ B)abe mid] nur r>erfprod]en! 2tuf bent red^ten 2tuge ift es blinb. /y Ztun bedP te ber 23auer bie 2tugen bes pferbes rpieber auf unb rief : ,,3et$t ift es !Iar, bag Du ein Dieb unb ein Ciigner 2 5 bift. 5)a fefyt 2tlle t^er, ber (Saul ift gar nicrjt blinb. 3^ fragte nur fo, unt ben Diebftafyl an ben tEag 3U bringen." Die Ceute, bie umBierftanben, lacfyten, !Iatfd]ten in bie ^anbe unb riefen : ,,(rtappt, ertappt ! /y 2)er Hogbieb mugte bas Pferb roieber 3uriierbieitten 30 Strafe ge3ogen. unb fein in (Sartner tr>ollte in bie Stabt auf ben Dod}enmar!t gefyen, unb lub feinent fel fo tnele unb mand]erlei (5emufe auf, bag ntait r>on bent arnten Ciere beina^e nid]ts me^r faff als ben Kopf. 5 Der XPeg fix^rte burd] ein IDeibengebufd}. Der (5artner ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 23 The pretended owner, however, from whom the farmer 5 at once claimed the horse as his property, protested that he had owned it for several years. x " Well, if it really belongs to you, surely you can tell me of which eye it is blind," exclaimed the farmer, holding both his hands over the horse's eyes. I0 " On the left side " ( 67), replied the thief at haphazard, as he had not yet examined his capture very closely. " That was a bad shot," exclaimed the farmer laughing, j "It was only a slip of the tongue," said the other; "I really meant the right eye, of course." J X 5 " The fact is the horse is not blind at all," now cried the farmer triumphantly to the wondering bystanders : " Show me a liar and I will show you a thief." The robber, betrayed by his own words, was at once apprehended, and punished as he deserved. 20 20A. 2fls man ben Corb (Efyesterftelb cinmal fragte, one er im Stanbe fet fo triefe (Sefdjafte ab3timad}en, antroortete er: ,,&)eil id] nie bis morgen Derfcfyiebe, roas id] fyeute tfyun fann!" " Never put off till to-morrow what you can do to-day;" that was the advice which Lord Chesterfield gave to a young man who had asked him" How are you able to get through so much business ?", 21. THE GARDENER AND HIS Ass. A gardener had an ass whom he used to burden so heavily that the poor beast almost succumbed under his load. One fine summer morning when the gardener, on 24 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN fdjnitt r>on ben ZDeiben einige 23iifd}el 311 23inbruten ab. "er (5drtner fud)te 10 fid? ein paar ^)ufeenb fdjlanle Steven 311 23Iumenftdben aus. /; Sie jtnb fo Ieid]t, ba fie ber er (5drtner 3og bafyer feinen Hotf aus, 15 unb roarf ifyi auf bie iibrige Caft. /; (gs ift nid]t mefyr tpeit 3ur Stabt/' fagte er; ,,an bem Kittel, ben icfy mit bem Heinen 5inger fyeben fann, roirb bas Cier nicfyt erliegen." 2tEein !aum ^atte er bies gefagt, fo ftolperte ber on ber 3u fd]roeren 20 aft erbriicft, nicl]t me^r auf. 22+ flei^ige rtagelfd^mteb 0i)neraft ftanb ben gan3en Cag in feiner IDerfftatte unb ^dmmerte barauf los, ba bie 5un!en um^erfpriiB>ten. J)er Sofyn feines reid^en ^taclibars, bes Irjerrn r>on ^erg, 5 !am taglicfy ^eriiber unb faB^ i^m oft Stunben lang 3U. ,,ernen Sie 3um geitt>ertreibe aud) einen Ttogel madden, junger J^err/ 1 fagte einft ber 2tagelfd}mieb ; ,,benn roer weig, ir>03u bies einmal gut ift!" Der mu^tge junge ^err Ifeg ftdj bas gefaHen. r fefete 10 ftd^ lad^enb an ben 2tmbo unb errt>arb fid) balb bie (gefdfi* lic^feit, ba er einen guten, braud]baren Sd^u^nagel 3U Stanbe bringen fonnte. Der alte J^err t)on ^erg ftarb; ber Sofyn aber r>erlor burdj ben Krteg feine (5iiter unb fam als ein armer 2tus; J 5 u?anberer in ein rceit entferntes J)orf. 3n biefem Dorfe lebten me^rere 5d]ul)mad]er, bie t>ieles (5elb fur 5d)u^ndgel ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 25 the way to the market, was passing with his ass by an osier bed, he could not resist the temptation to cut a bundle 5 of twigs, which he added to the donkey's burden. Before long they reached ( 41) a hazel bush. "What fine slender rods ! " said the gardener ; "I really must take a dozen or two for ( 61) flower-sticks. ^ My dpnkey will hardly feel them ; they are as light as a feather !" 10 Meanwhile, the sun having ( 98) risen higher and higher ( = ever higher)^ the gardener began to feel very hot. "I really cannot stand it any longer," said he, pulling off bfo coat and throwing it on the donkey's back. At the same moment, however, the overburdened beast 15 /stumbled and fell down never to rise again. \ 22. THE SHOE-NAIL. The son of a rich nobleman used to spend several hours every day in the workshop of a nailmaker, watching the way in which nails were made ( 18). " How would it be " ( 26), said the artisan one day, " if you were to ( 21, a) tuck up your sleeves and learn how 5 to make a nail ? " The young squire laughed, but accepted the offer ; and before long he managed to turn out a decent shoe-nail. Soon after a war broke out, in the course of which the whole country was laid waste. The old nobleman lost all 10 his property and died of grief. } Compelled to emigrate to a distant country, the young squire, friendless and homeless, was soon reduced to very straitened circumstances. " What if I were to turn to account the handicraft I once learned by way of pastime?" said he to himself; "there are in this 15 locality many shoemakers who, I understand, have large 26 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN in bie Stabt trugen, unb fie oft fiir ifyr teures <5elb nid]t 311 befommen rougten. >enn in ber gan5en (Segenb rourben mele taufenb Sd]ufye fiir bie Solbaten gefertigt. 20 )er junge fjerr r>on Berg, bent es fefyr elenb ging, befann fid) nun, ba er bie Kunft, Sd]ufyndgel 3U madden, red]t gut r>erftefye. r erbot fid], ben Sd]iifymad)ern Ztcigel in ^Ttenge 3u liefern, roenn fie i^m be^iilflid] fein rr>ollten, eine XX)er!ftdtte 3u erricfyten. 5ie ^alfen i^m ba3u, unb nun ernafyrte er fid] 2 5 fefyr reid^Iid). ;/ s ift bod? gut/' fagte er oft, ,,tsenn man aud] nur einen Scfyufynagel madden !ann. 2)as t^ut mir je^t mei|r Sienfte, als mein Canbgut, bas mir nid|t fiir fyunberMcmfenb (5ulben feil geroefen tsare." 23. ^ie Olu^e. (in armer tEagI6B|ner B^atte in feinem (5arten einc ungemein groe Hiibe ge3ogen, iiber bie fid] 3 e ^ ermann t)errx>unberte. ,,3d] roill fie unferm gndbigen ^errn r>erel]ren, fagte er; benn es freut i^n, roenn man 5elb unb (5arten 5 rooty beftellt" r trug bie Hiibe in bas 5d](o. X>er gnabige ^err lobte ben 5^ife unb ben guten XPillen b^s ZHannes, unb fd]en!te i^m brei X>u!aten. (in Bauer im 'X)orfe, ber fefyr reid] unb fe^r gei^ig roar, 10 liorte bas, unb fpradj : ,,3efet r>erebre id] bem gndbigen fjerrn auf ber Stelle mein gropes Kalb. (Siebt er fiir eine Iumpid]te Hube fd]on brei (Solbftiitfe, roie mel roerbe id] erft fiir ein fo fd]ones Kalb befommeit \ il q, r fiiE]rte bas Kalb an einem Stricfe in bas 5d]Io, unb 15 jfat ben gndbigen fjerrn, es 3um (Sefd]en!e ansune^men. X>er ^err merfte roobl, roarum fid] ber gei^ige Bauer fo freigebig anftelle, unb fagte, er roolle bas Kalb 7iid]t. 2lUein ber Bauer fui]r fort 311 bitten, bie geringe (Sabe bod] nid]t 3U t?erfd]mdl]en. te Uberlieferung fcfyreibt bie ete Coroer, ift, ttne man n?ei^, son (Sunbulpf], bent 23tfcfyof son Hocfyefter, fur XDilfyelm ben (roberer um bas 3 a ^ r ^078 erbaut roorben. 5 The Tower of London was not, as tradition says, built by Julius Caesar ; for we know that the erection of the White Tower, which is the oldest part, is to be attributed to Gundulph, Bishop of Rochester. ^ 23. THE MONSTER TURNIP. ftit, >Vv-&wvv In olden times, when big turnips were much scarcer than they now are ( 4), there -4v^s a poor day-labourer who had succeeded in ( 106) growing a monster turnip in his little kitchen garden. Everybody in the village admired it, as [did] also the lord of the manor, to whom he made a 5 present of it. ^/ A covetous peasant, hearing that the labourer had not only been praised for his industry, but also handsomely rewarded, said to himself: "Why, if our gracious lord gives such a reward for a paltry vegetable, surely I may 10 expect a great deal more if I present him with a fat calf." No sooner said than done. I But the lord, who saw through the pretended gener- osity of the churl, said, " A very fine calf indeed ! unfortun- ately I have no occasion for it." T5 " Pray, my lord, don't despise this trifling gift," replied the boor. 28 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN 20 ,,Hun rooty; roeil ifyr mid) benn ba3u 3roingt, fo nefyme id) bas (Sefd)enf an. >a ifyr aber fo befonbers freigebig gegen mid) feib, fo barf id) mid) arid) nid)t !arg finben laffen, 3^ roill end) balder ein <5egengefd)en! mad)en, bas mid) rooty 3ir>ei- bis breimal mefyr foftet, als ericr Kalb rocrt ift. /y Hub 25 mit bicfen IDorten gab er bem erftaunten rinb erfd)roifd)en 5^cm!reid) rinb 5 Spartien, rorirbe Virago arif einer -Heife r>on ben Spaniern gefangen genommen. 3ei bem PerE)6r, in bem er fpanifd) antroortete, gab er fid) fiir einen beutfd)en Karifmann arts. ,,Qas ift nid)t roafyr," fril)r iB)n ber Hid)ter an, ,,Sie finb ein Spanier, rinb 3tr>ar, roie id) an 3^ rem Dialect erfenne, ein 10 Dalencier roie id) felbft/' ; ,lDoIIen Sie mid) ftrafen, mein ^err/ ; erroieberte 2trago, ,,roeil mir bie (Sabe ber 5prad)en r>erliel)en ift ? So grit roie ben Dialect r>on Palencia fpred)e id) arid) ben r>on 3t)i3a/' ^(Srit, id) roill Sie beim H)ort nefymen, ba feB)e id) einen T 5 Solbaten aris 3 r> ^3 a / fpted)en Sie mit itmt." y/ Sel)r gern ! id) roill fogar bas i3aner !ennt rinb liebt, mit fold)er Hatrirlid)* !eit, ba ber Solbat mit tEfyranen bes fjeimroefys in ben 2lrigen r>erfid)erte, ber fjerr fei geroif aris 25, ^a^ 9Witton foldjen ZHenfdjen ntd)t fd)Iimm, fonbern nur rounberlid), unb rsenn 5 man fie nur immer red)t fennte, inroenbig unb ausroenbig, unb red)t mit ifyten unt3ugel)en rou^te, nie 511 eigenfinnig unb nie 511 naofygebenb, jo roare mand)er roo^I unb Ieid]t 3ur Sefinniing 511 brtngen, X>as ift bod) cinem ^3ebicntcn mit fetnem J^errn gelungen. ^Dem fonntc cr mand^mal gar nid]ts 10 recfyt madden, unb mu^te pteles entgelten, rooran er un[d]ulbig roar, rote es oft gefyt So fam etnmal ber ^err je^r r>erbrte^* lid) nad) ^aufe, unb fetjte fid] $um 2Tcittagseffen. T>a roar bie Suppe^u B)ei ober 311 !alt, ober feines t>on beiben; aber genug, ber fjerr rx>ar perbrie^Iid). (r fate ba^er bie 15 Sd)iiffel mit bent, tr>as barinnen roar, unb roarf fie burd] bas offene 5^nfter in ben }of l)inab. IDas tfyat ber Wiener? be[onnen roarf er bas 5Ieifd), tpeld^es er eben auf ben ftellen roollte, mir nid]ts, bir nicfyts, ber Suppe nad), and) in ben }of I|inab, bann bas 23rot, bann ben XDein, unb 20 enblid) bas Cifd^tud) mit allem, tr>as nod7 barauf roar, aud| iit ben ^of fynab. ^Dermegener, rr>as foil bas fein?" fragte ber JEjerr unb fu^r mit broBjenbem ^orn Don bent Seffel auf. 2Iber ber 23ebiente errr>iberte fait unb ru^ig : ,,>er3eifyen 5ie mir, rpenn id) 3^ rc 2Tceinung nid]t erraten Ejabe. 3d) 25 glaubte nid)t anbers, als 5ie rpollten E)eute in bent Jfjofe fpeifen. 2)ie Cuft ift fo Better, ber ^immel fo blau I unb fefyen 5ie nur, tpie lieblid) ber 2tpfelbaum bIuE)t, unb roie frofytd) bie ^ienen ibren ^Tcittag fyalten \" Diesmal bie Suppe HiTabgetoorfen, unb nimmerl S>er )err erfannte feineit 3 Seller, B>eiterte fid) int 2lnbIi(J bes fd)onen 5rul)lingsl)immels auf, Icid)elte lieintlid) iiber ben fd)nellen (Einfall feines roarters unb banfte il)nt im ^er3en fiir bie gute ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 31 day the dinner was too hot, the tea too strong, the shirt collars too stiff; another day the supper was too cold, the coffee too weak, the cuffs too limp. \ One fine spring 5 day, amongst others, Mr. Crabtree that was the master's name came home as cross as two sticks. He had no sooner sat down to dinner, when he seized the soup-tureen and threw it through the open window into the courtyard, complaining that the soup was too salt, too hot, or too 10 thick I forget which.J The servant, who was just entering with the roast meat, and seeing that a storm was brewing, without more ado threw the dish after the tureen, and next proceeded to toss the knives, forks, spoons, and all through the window into the courtyard. / 15 " What on earth do you mean, you impudent knave ? " exclaimed the infuriated master. A " Please, sir, don't be angry if I have mistaken your meaning. When I saw you throw the tureen into the courtyard, I thought, of course, that you wished to dine in 20 the open air ;| and no wonder, it is such a lovely day the breeze is so balmy, the birds are so merry, and the bees so busy among the blossoming trees and shrubs ! " / The master took the hint, and ever after, when his temper threatened to get the better of his discretion, he 25 remembered the amusing lesson his ready-witted waiter had taught him, 32 GERMAN COMPOSITION 26+ &cuic wiv, tnoigen M*+ Befit^er eines prad]tr>ollen Tteufunblanbers teilt uns 5olgenbes mil: 3)er ]unb f]atte fid] in 2lbroefenfyeit ber (Srogmutter angeroofynt, in beren Cebnftufyl feine Siefta 311 fyalten, unb es roar gerabe3u unmoglid], ifyt r>on bort 311 5 pertrciben. 2Us (Sro^mama r>on i^rcr Heife 3uriiom 5effel, mit cinem 5a^ toar er am 5^ftcr unb bellte roiitenb B]inaus. 2tls cr fid] abcr berul]igt B]atte unb 3U bcm r>erbotcnen Parabicfe juriicf trolltc, fanb er (5romama bel]ag(id] in ben Seffel gebriicft, unb alle ZHittel ybie er an3U* roenben r>ermod]te, 2lnftoen, 5d]meid]eln unb XPebeln blieben !5 obne rfolg. 2IIs am ncid]ften Cage ber ^unb nad] einem abfid]tlid] etroas r>erfpciteten Diner bas Dimmer ber alien Dame offnete unb feinen Cieblingspla^ roieber einnel]men roollte, fanb er ifyn 3U feinem gro^en 2T(ibeI]agen roieberum r>on (5romama be[e^t. Unb roas tl]at er nun ? drr 20 fd]Iid] an bas 5enfter, blic!te binaus unb begann roie rafenb 3U bellen ; bie alte X>ame fprang auf, um nacfoufefyen, roas losroare ; unb ber !Iuge f]unb mad]te fid] bie (SeIegenB]e^ 3U nut^e, benn als fie fid] umroenbete, lag ber Ciebling bel]aglid] auf bem e!]nftuf]I, r>on bem ibn fur biesmal feine fingirfe 25 Katje roeg3uloermod]te. 27. (in Knabe fpielte mit einer 3ar>men 5d]Iange : mid] mit bir/ ; fagte er, ,,nid]t fo gemein mad]en, roenn bir bas (5ift nid]t benommen rocire. 3^ r 5d]Iangen feib bie bosfyafteften, unbanfbarften (5ejd]opfe! PARALLEL PASSAGES 33 26. DIAMOND CUT DIAMOND. We once had a superb Newfoundland dog, who was the spoiled pet of us all ( 46). One summer, whilst grand- mamma happened to be absent for several weeks, he had made it a habit to take his naps in her vacant arm-chair. When, on her return, she wanted to make herself comfort- 5 able in her old chair, she found it occupied, and neither caresses, nor threats, nor slaps could persuade the stubborn - intruder to give up possession. | At her wits' end, grand- mother bethought herself of a little stratagem. "There goes a cat, a cat ! " she exclaimed, opening the window. 10 With one bound the dog sprang, barking, from the chair to the casement. But when he had recovered from the false alarm, and wanted to return to his favourite quarters, he found the old lady comfortably ensconced in the soft cushions, and perfectly deaf to his whining insinuations, j 15 The day after, the Newfoundlander found to his great disgust that he had once more been forestalled in the comfortable old chair. What was to be done ? All of a sudden, rushing to the window, he raised a most distressing howl, whereupon the good old lady, quite alarmed, rose to 2 o see what was the matter. The vacated chair was at once confiscated by the self-indulgent Sybarite, and this time no false alarm, no hint at fictitious cats, could induce him to leave his favourite berth. \ 27. INGRATITUDE. A boy, who was playing with a tame snake, being asked how he dared to amuse himself with such a dangerous 34 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN 5 gelefen, rme es einem armen Canbmanne gieng, ber eine, r>ielleid)t r>on beinen ttreltern, bie er fyalb erfroren unter enter jec!e fanb, mitleibig auffyob unb fie in feinen erroarmenben 23ufen ftecfte. Katun fiifylte fid] bie 23ofe rmeber, als fie ifyren IDofytfyater bi, unb ber gute, freunblic^e 2T(ann mute 10 fterben. y/ ,,3^ ^tftaune! fagte bie Sc^Iange; eure (5efd]id]t* fd)reiber miiffen fe^r parteiifcfy fein; bie unfrigen et3d^Ien bie fjiftorie gan3 anbers. Zladi &er Hleinung bes ZHannes tear bie Sd^Iange rr>ir!Iid) erfroren, unb toeil es eine t)on ben bunten Scfylangen roar, fo ftetfte er fie 311 fid], urn ifyr 311 15 ^aufe bie fd]5ne fjaut ab3uftreifen. IDar bas ed|t ? 7/ 1)er Knabe erroieberte : ,,2ld], fd]tr>eige nur ! (s B^at rx?o^I feinen Unbanfbaren gegeben, ber fid] nid]t 311 entfdjtilbigen ,,Qu. I^aft Hed]t, mein 5ol]n! /y fiel ber Pater ein; ,,aber 20 gleid}rr>oty, roenn bu einmal t>on einem auerorbentlid]en Hnbanle I]orft, fo unterjucfye ja alle Umftanbe genau, bepor bu einen 2T(enfd]en mit fo einem abfcfyeulicfyen 5d]anbflecfe branbmar!en Idffeft. Xt)aB]re H)oi]lti]ater ^aben fetten Unbanfbare r>erpflid|tet. 3 a / i&l H>iH 3 ur I?tre ber ^Tcenfd]- 25 B)eit ^offen niemals ; aber bie IDofyltfyater ntit Heinen, eigenniifeigen 2tbfid]ten, bie finb es a>ert, ba fie Unbanf anftatt on ben ftreitenben Ceilen unb !ann befto unparteiifcfyer fein." ,,2tber Bjat er aud] ben Derftanb 5 ba3ii?" Heg fid] ein ZHaulrtmrf I^oren. /; r braud]t tt>ir!Iid] ben allerfeinften, unfere oft tief t>erftec?ten PoHfommen^eiten 3U er!ennen. ;/ ,,3as mar fel|r toeislid] erinnert! /; fprad] ber fjamjier. ,,3a rooty !" rief aud] ber 3gel. ,,3d? glaube es nimmermel]r, bag ber 2Henfd] 5d]arffid]tig!eit ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 35 reptile, replied that he was fully aware that snakes were not only the most mischievous, but also the most ungrateful creatures \ for he had read in ^Esop's Fables how one of 5 them had bitten its very benefactor a poor countryman who had picked it up quite benumbed with cold and restored it to life again. / " One tale is good till another is told," now exclaimed the snake, which so far had listened to the boy's account 10 without saying a word. "Our grandmother, God bless her, used to relate to us that incident quite differently^ That greedy countryman of yours had indeed picked up the half-frozen snake, but why ? only for the sake of its beautifully-spotted skin. The fact is, it bit him in sheer 15 self-defence, when he set to flay it. What do you say to that ? " " Go to," replied the boy ; " have you ever heard of an ungrateful creature but what ( 170) found an excuse for his ingratitude?", 20 28. THE ANIMALS CONTENDING FOR PRECEDENCE. Once upon a time the animals of creation had a very stormy meeting, the question having arisen ( 98) as to whom belonged the first rank among them. As might be expected, the more they talked the less they could agree. At last the horse suggested that they should leave the deci- 5 sion to man, who, not being personally interested, was sure to be quite impartial. " But is man really sharp-sighted enough to discover the secret perfections of us all ? " asked an old mole. 36 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN 10 genug beflfet." ,,Sd?roeigt tf?r I' 1 befall bas pferb. /; tt?tr unffen es fd?on. XPcr fid? auf bie (Siite feiner Sad?e am ipenigften 511 serlaffen f?at, ift immer am fertigften, bie n* fid?t feines Hid]ters in er ZHenfcf? roarb Hitter, ,,Hod? ein IDort," rief ifyn 15 ber majeftdtifdie Coroe 311, ,,bet>or bu ben Tlusfprudj thrift ! Z7ad) tx>eld]er Hegel, XHenfcfy, roiflft bu unfern XDert beftimmen?" , f Zlad\ tr>eld)er Hegel? Zladi bent (Srabe, ol)ne groeifel/' antiportete ber 2Hen[d), ,,m roeld^em \fy mir mebr ober roentger niifelid? feib/' r ,PortreffIid? \" r>erfefete 20 ber beleibigte Cotoe. ,,IX)ie roett roiirbe id] alsbann unter ben fel 311 ftefyen !ommen ! 3)u f annft unfer Hitter nid^t fetn, ZHenfd?. Perlag bie Perfammlung ! /y Der 2TIenfd] entfernte fid?. rf Zlun/' fprad? ber fyofynifd^e IHauItourf, unb ifyn ftimmte ber Jrjamfter unb ber 3^ e ^ 25 mieber bei, ,,fieB?ft bu, pferb ? X>er Coroe meint es audj, ba^ ber 217enfd? unfer Htd]ter nid?t (ein !ann, X)er ben!t roie rmr/' ,,2tber aus beffern (Srimben als [agte ber 6rx>e unb roarf il?nen einen r>erad]tlid?en BlicP 3U. ^)er Coroe ful]r roeiter fort : ,,)er Hangftreit ift, roenn id? 30 es red?t iiberlege, ein nid]tstr>urbiger Streit. ^altet mid? fiir ben Dornefymften ober ben (Seringften ; es gilt mir gleid}t>iel. (Senug, id? fenne mid? \" Unb fo ging er aus ber Perfamm* lung. 3^ m folgte ber roeife Iefant, ber !iiB?ne iger, ber ernftl?afte Bar, ber Huge 5ud?s, bas eble pferb, !ur3 2tIIe, bie 35 iJ?ren XDert fiii?Iten ober 3U fiiE?Ien glaubten. X>ie fid? am le^ten rsegbegaben unb iiber bie 3erriffene Derfammlung am meiften murrten, roaren ber 2tffe unb ber e^ mettf^a^ew $tyev$. T>ie (5Iieber bes menfd?Iid?en Korpers rourben einmal iiberbriiffig, einanber 3U bienen, unb fasten ben Porfa^, bies nid]t mebr tf?un 3u rooUen. ^>ie 5iige fagten: ,,lDarum follen roir allein fiir 2lnbere tragen? 5d?afft eud? felbft ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 37 " Hear ! hear ! " exclaimed the marmot and the hedge- 10 hog. " The old story ! " retorted the horse ; " people who cannot safely rely on the justice of their cause are ever ready to question the sagacity of the umpire." After a great deal of opposition, the motion that man 15 should be umpire was carried. " Before the would-be lord of creation proceeds to give his verdict," now said the majestic lion, "may I be per- mitted to ask one question : according to what standard is he going to gauge our respective merits ? " -/ 20 " According to your utility to mankind, of course ! " " Quite right too ! " exclaimed the ox, the sheep, the pig, and the ass. " Nonsense," roared the lion contemptuously ; " man, who would place the braying ass above the king of the 25 desert, cannot be our umpire ; let him withdraw ! " "Well roared, lion," squeaked the marmot and the hedgehog; "our sentiment to a //" S " Besides," resumed the lion, looking scornfully at the interrupters, "your contention for precedence is a 30 miserable farce. Whether man, and for that matter you others, deem the lion the first or the last is perfectly indifferent to him ; he knows his worth." So saying he left the meeting, followed by the sagacious elephant, the. striped tiger, the pompous bear, the sly fox, 35 and the haughty eagle. The rest, one after the other, followed, so that soon no one was left but the disappointed ape and the ass. 29. THE STRIKE OF THE LIMBS. "We are quite tired of serving the stomach," declared the limbs of the human body one day, and resolved to give him notice. 38 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN 5 $&fcr roenn ifyr gefyen roollt!" -- Die I}anbe fagten: ,,ZX)arum follen rtnr allein fiir 2tnbere arbeiten? Sd)afft eud) felbft fja'nbe, roenn ifyr tr>eld)e braud)tl" 2>er ZHunb brummte : ,,3d) miigte rooty ein grower Ttarr fein, roenn id) immer fur ben ZHagen Speife vauen roollte, bamit er nad) 10 feiner 23equemltd)!eit rerbaucn moge ; fd]affe fid) felbft einen ZlTunb, roer emeu notig ^at! ;/ 3)te 2lugen fanbcn cs gletd^falls fei|r fonbcrbar, 5a^ fte allein fiir ben garden ctb beftdnbtg IDad^c fyalten unb fiir i^n fe^cn follten. Unb fo fprad^en aud) alle (5Iicber bes Ceibcs, unb ems fiinbigte bem 15 anbern ben Dienft auf. IDas gefd^a^ ? >a bie 5ii^ ntd]t mel|r geB|en, bie ^anbe ntcfyt mei^r arbetten, ber ZHunb nicfyt mel|r effen, bie 2Iugen nicfyt mef^r fe^en roollten, fo fing ber gan3e Korper in alien feinen (Sliebern an 311 toelfen, unb nad^ unb nad) ab3ufterben. Da ja^en fie ein, ba fie t^orid^t 20 geB|anbeIt fatten, unb tourben einig, ba es fiinftig nid|t it>ieber gefd]eB|en follte. Da biente roieber ein (Slieb bem anbern, unb alle rourben rr>ieber gefunb unb ftar!, roie fie r>orB)er geroefen roaren. 30+ cr ^afc unb bet; I. (in ^afe unb ein 5ucfys reiften beibe rrtit einanber, roar H)inters3eit, es griinte fein Kraut, unb auf bem froc^ roeber ZHaus nod) Caus. f ,Das ift ein ^ungriges IDetter," fprad) ber 5ud)s 3um ja[en, ,,mir (d^nurren alle 5 <5ebarme 3u[ammen. ;/ ,,3a rooty," antroortete ber fjafe. ,,(s ift iiberaH magere Kiid^e, unb id) modjte meine eignen Coffel freffen, roenn id) bamit ins ZHauI reid)en fonnte/' So I>ungrig trabten fie mit einanber fort Da jafyen fie r>on roeitem ein 23auernmabd)en fommen, bas trug einen 10 fjanbforb, unb aus bem Korb !am bem 5^d)[e unb bem fjafen ein angenel)mer (Serud) entgegen, ber (5erud) r>on 7. Coffcl, m.; lit. spoon ; in sportsman's slang (3agerfpradje, or, 3cigerlatcin) means ear of a hare or rabbit, ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 39 " If the trunk wants to walk about, let him get a pair of legs of his own ( 32)," said the feet 5 "We are tired of doing all sorts of handiwork for the benefit of others," exclaimed the hands. " Why should we be chewing food all the livelong day for that lazy maw, to assist him in his digestion ? " muttered the teeth ; " let him who has a mind to eat get his own set 10 of grinders." " It is very trying for our sight to be on the watch from early morn till late at night," said the eyes; "the paunch had better look out for himself if he can." In the same strain spoke the other organs. 15 From that day the feet refused to walk, the hands to work, the teeth to grind, the eyes to look out, the ears to listen. But need I say what happened ? \ The stomach being reduced to inanity, the whole body soon began to suffer and to decay. 20 " We have acted very foolishly, and had better resume our work," exclaimed the limbs with one voice ; and from that moment they began to serve each other again, and became as strong and healthy as before. ^ 30. THE HARE AND THE Fox (A ROLAND FOR AN OLIVER). I. One fine winter day a hare was travelling with a fox over hill and dale. It was cold, and they were both very hungry. , " Behold, there comes a peasant girl," cried the hare as they were approaching a village. "I wonder (17) what 5 she is carrying in her basket." " It smells of hot buns," said the fox. " I have an 40 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN frifd]en Semmeln. ^eigt bu tt>as I" fprad] ber 5ud]s, ,,lege bid] fyn ber Cange nad] unb ftelle bid] tot. Das ^Tcd'bcfyen unrb feiitcn Kerb fynftellen unb bid] auffyeben roollen, um 15 beinen armen 23alg 311 geroinnen, benn I}afenbalge geben ]anbfd]ul]e ; inbeffen erurifdje id] ben Semmelforb uns 3um Crojle." 1)er fjafe tfyat nad] bes 5ud]fes Hat, ftel l>in unb ftcllte fid] tot, unb ber 5ud]5 bii(f te fid] fyinter cine tDinbtx>eB)e pon 5d]nee. 20 X>as nicibd]cn fam, fafy ben frifd]en ]afen, ber alle Piere t>on fid] ftretf te, fkllte rid]tig il]ren Korb I]in unb biicfte fid] nad] bent JE]afen. 3 e fe^ ^ifd]te ber 5^d]5 !]err>or, erfd]nappte ben Korb unb ftrid] bamit querfelbein ; gleid] rr>ar ber fjafe leben* big unb folgte feinem 23egleiter. 2 5 II. J)er 5ud]5 aber ftanb gar nid]t ftill unb mad]te feine 2T(iene, bie Semmeln 3U teilen, fonbern Iie inerfen, ba er fie allein freffen roollte. >as r>ermer!te ber f]a[e fel]r iibel. 2l(s fie nun in bie Hafye eines Heinen XPeil]er5 famen, fprad] ber fjafe 3um 5ud]s: ,,lDie roare es, roenn roir uns eine 30 Heine ^Tlablseit 5ifd]e r>er[d]afften ? XDir fyaben bann 5ifd]e unb IDei^brot, roie bie gro^en ]erren! fjcinge beinen 5d]roan3 ein tt>enig ins IDaffer, fo roerben bie 5ifd]e, bie jefet aud] nid]t r>iel 311 beigen I]aben, fid] baran fyangen. (i(e aber, eB)e ber IDeifyer 3ufriert. /y 35 X)as Ieud]tete bem 5ud]fe ein, er ging fyin an ben IDei^er, ber eben 3ufrieren roollte, unb ^ing feinen 5d]man3 I]inein ; unb eine fleine XDeile, fo roar ber Sd]toan3 ^ e5 5ud]fes feft angefroren. X>a.naJ]m ber JPjafe ben Semmelforb, fra bie Semmeln r>or bes 5ud]fes 2tugen gan3 gemad]Iid] eine nad] 40 ber anbern unb fagte 3um 5nd]fe : ,,tParte nur, bis es auftaut ; toarte nur bis ins 5rft[TJaE]r ; tr>arte nur, bis es auftaut I" unb lief bar>on, unb ber 5^d]s bellte it>m nad] roie ein bofer an ber Kette. ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 41 idea ! 1 Suppose you were to pretend to be dead ; the girl is sure to pick you up for the sake of your skin, and mean- while I would run away with her basket." 10 "A capital idea," exclaimed the hare, and lay down as if he were dead. When the girl came near and saw the poor hare lying by the wayside, she would have picked him up ; but the fox, who had hidden himself behind a snow- drift, pounced upon the basket, which she had put down, 15 and ran away with it. 1 The hare too now jumped up, and, taking to his heels, exclaimed : " First catch your hare and then flay him !" / II. The fox, however, kept on running (96), as if he did not at all feel inclined to share the booty with his partner. 20 Before long they reached a fishpond. "A few fishes with those buns," said the hare, "would not be amiss." " But how are we to catch them ? " asked the greedy fox. 25 "Nothing is easier: let down your tail into the water, and as soon as you get a bite, pull it quickly out again. I should try myself, if mine were not such a wretched stump of a tail." The fox did as he was told ; but before long his tail was 30 fast frozen in. " It would be a pity not to eat these dear little buns while they are hot," now said the hare, helping himself. " But what is to become of me ( 46) ? " howled the frost-bound fox in a rage. 35 "You had better wait till the thaw sets in which is sure to happen next spring. Meanwhile have patience, dear Reynard. Au revoir / " 42 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN 31. 3m or or bent IPalbe gelegenes 21cferfelb, bas gerabe r>on ben Bauern beftellt roarb. s blieb r>or Perrounberung ftefyen unb fd]aute ben pflug, bie pferbe unb Ceute an, roas ifyr 2IHes etroas Heues roar, ," fprad] fie unb ging fyn3U, ,,bas nefyrrf id] mir mit." Da rniete fie 10 nieber 3ur inauf* fpringenb ; too ber Berg [o jaE] ift, ba ein 2Tcenfd] mutant flettern mu^, ba ti]at fie einen 5d]ritt unb roar broben. 15 >er Hitter fa gerabe am Ctfd]e, als fie etntrai ,,(i, mein Kinb," fprad] er, ,,tr>as bringft bu ba? X>ie 5reube fd]aut bir ja aus ben 2Iugen B]eraus/ y 5ie mad]te gefd]toinb tE]re 5d]ur3e auf unb Iie iB]n I]ineinbli(f en. ,,XPas I]aft bu ba (o or 5reube in bie J^anbe, rote fid] bas Heine IPefen barauf 25 fyn unb I]er beroegte. 1)er Pater aber fprad] : ,,Kinb, bas ift !ein Spie^eug, bu t]aft ba etroas Sd]ones angeftiftet! (5el] nur gleid] unb trag's roieber I]inab in's Cfyal!" Das 5raulein roeinte, es rjalf aber nid]ts. ,,Mr ift ber Bauer !ein Spie^eug/' fagte ber Hitter ernftfyaft, ,,id] leib's nid]t, 30 ba bu mir murrft ; !ram' Mes fad]te roieber ein unb trag's an ben namlicrjen plafe, roo bu es genommen fyaft ! Baut ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 43 31. THE GIANT'S TOYS. In olden times Nideck Castle in Alsace was inhabited by gigantic knights. One day the huge daughter of one of these giants happened to step from the high mountain on which the castle stood down into the valley, in order to see the world. She came to a field on which a husbandman 5 was driving a team of horses before a plough. / "Oh, you pretty little dears," exclaimed the daughter of Anak, kneeling down and sweeping man, team, and plough into her outspread apron. She had never in her life seen such nice toys, and rushed home dying with impatience to 10 show the precious find to her friends. \ The girl's father, who happened to be sitting at table, was not a little sur- prised when his daughter Kunigunde entered the hall with her apron full. f""~ "Just guess, papa, what I have got in my apron ! " said 15 she, spreading her treasures upon the table. "You never saw such tiny creatures in all your life ! I found them down there sprawling in the fields. Aren't they just lovely ? "A " Oh, you mischievous little imp," exclaimed her father, 20 heartily laughing ; " what have you done ? These are not dollies to play with (31); go quickly and put everything back where you took it. If the peasant did not plough, we knights should have no bread ! " 44 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN ber 23auer nicfyt fein 2Ic?erfelb, fo fyaben roir Biefen auf unferem 5elfcnnefte nid]ts 311 leben." / I. (Sin junges ergniigt unb beifammen, unb fyatte ben eir^igen 5efyfer, ber in jeber menfd}* lidjen 23ruft bafyeim ift: roenn man's gut ^at, ^citf man's gerne beffcr, ^(us biefem 5^^^ entftc^en fo r>iele tfyoridjte 5 IDunfd^e, rooran es unferm rjans unb jcincr Ciefe aucfy nid]t feyte. Balb roiin[d|ten fie bcs 5d]til3cn 2((fcr, balb bcs Cort>enir>irts (Selb, balb bes 2T(eyers fjaus unb ^of unb balb cinmal B|unbcrttaufenb 2T(tIIionen tnes 2tbenbs abcr, als fie frieblid] am fen fajjen unb 10 Hiiffe aufflopften, fam burd] bte Kammert^iir ein roei^es IDeiblein ^eretn, nid^t meB|r als erne on (5eftalt unb 2lngeftd]t, unb bte gan3e Stube roar r>oU ^ofenbuft. Das Ctd^t lofcfyte aus, aber etn Shimmer rote 2T(orgenrot, tx>enn bte Sonne ntcfyt me^r f^rn tft, ftrablte J 5 r>on bem IPetbletn aus unb iiber3og alle XDanbe, liber fo etroas !ann man nun bod] ein roentg erfd^redPen, fo fdjon es ausfe^en mag. 2(ber unfer gutes (I)epaar erl^olte fid] bod] balb tmeber, als bas j^&uletn mtt rounberfix^er ftlberretner Stimnie fpracr? : ,,3d] bin eure ^reunbin, bie ^ergfey, 2Inna 20 5nt$e, w* tm frtftallenen 5d]Io mitten in ben Bergen ir>obnt, ^ mtt unftd]tbarer fjanb (Solb tn ben ^einfanb ftreut unb itber ; ^ fteben^unbert bienftbare (Seifter gebtetet. Srei tDunfd]e biirft tfy: tl]un; brei IDiinfd]e follen erfiillt roerben/' fjans bruollte : bas lautet iticfyt iibeL Die 5^ciu aber roar fdjon tm Begrtff, ben 2Tcunb 3U'6ffnen unb ettt>as t>on ein paar Du^enb golbgeftias ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 45 3 1 A. (ine 5rcm roeigerte fid), etroas in ben bargereicfyten Klingelbeutel 311 legen ; als fie nad? fjcmfe !am, mer!te fie, bag ifyr bie ^3orfe entroenbet roorben fei lf as Bergfraulein aber t>erfd]tr>anb. >ie Campe brannte u>ie porter, unb ftatt bes Hofenbuftes 309 toieber tme cine IDolfe am ^immcl ber (DIbampf burd) bie 35 Stube, | 1 1 /So glucflid) nun unfere guten Ceute in ber JEjofframg fcfyon sum Doraus roaren, unb leinen Stern mei|r am ^immel fafyen, foitbern lauter Ba^geigen ; fo ir>aren fie jefet bod^ recfyt iibel bran, toeil fie r>or lauter IPunfd) nid^t rou^ten, roas fie 5 muitfd^en rooHten, unb nicfyt einmal bas J^er3 fatten, rec^t baran 3U benfen ober bar>on 3U fprec^en, aus 5urd]t, es moc^te fiir gerr>iinfc^t paffieren, eB]e fie es genug iiberlegt fatten. ,,Zlun/' fagte bie 5^au, ,,u?ir baben ja nod) ertieft in ifyrem fiinftigen (5Iiicf. 2lls bie 5r<*u aber bie gerofteten Kartoffeln aus ber pfanne auf bas plattlein anrid?tete, unb i^r ber (Serucfy lieblid] in bie ftieg : ,,lDenn n?ir jefet nur ein gebratenes XDiirftlein fatten/' fagte fie in alter Unfcfyulb, unb oB]ne an ettoas 3u 20 benfen, unb o roefy, ba roar ber erfte IDunfd) get^an. Scfynell, roie ein ^life !ommt unb r>erge^t, lam es roieber rr>ie ^Horgenrot unb Hofenbuft untereinanber burd) bas Kamin I^erab, unb auf ben Kartoffeln lag bie fcfyonfte ^rattourft. - XPie geroixnfcfyt, fo gefd^e^en. IDer follte fid) iiber einen 25 fold)n XDunfd) unb feine rfiillung nid]t argern ? XDeld^er ZHann iiber folcfye Hnporfid^tigleit feiner 5^^^ nicfyt untoillig toerben ? ;/ tt)enn bir bod) nur bie IPurft an ber Ttafe angetoad)fen mate/' fprad) er in ber erften Uberrafdjung, aud) in aller 3 Unfd)ulb, unb o^ne an ettr>as anberes 311 benfen unb rr>ie ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 47 So saying she disappeared. The warning had come in the nick of time, for the young wife had just been opening her mouth to wish for a dozen silk bonnets, velvet hats, and seal- skin jackets. */ 20 II. "We will talk it over at leisure," said the husband; " and meanwhile let us have supper." * " A platter of fried potatoes, that's all," said the little wife with a sigh ; "I wish we had a sausage to it." No sooner had the innocent words escaped her lips 5 when down the chimney tumbled the loveliest fried sausage you ever saw. The first wish was accomplished ! " A plague upon your sausage ! " exclaimed the husband indignantly ; " would that it stuck to the tip of your nose, you silly goose ! 'H Another wish fulfilled ! for the very same I0 moment the provokingly obedient sausage was seen to ( 1 8) fly up and stick to the wife's nose. What was to be done now ( 89) ? /-The repentant husband indeed sug- . gested that with the money to be obtained from the last wish, he would have a gold case made to conceal the *5 sausage. But nothing would do. The remaining wish had to be devoted to undoing the mischief of the second wicked wish, or the goodwife would die of shame and despair. ^ 48 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN geroiinfd]t, fo gefd]er]en. Kaum roar bas Iet$te IDort gefpro* d]en, fo fa bie IDurft an ber tofe bes guten XDeibes feft, unb fyng 311 beiben Seiten fyerab rote ein ]ufarenfd]nau3bart. Zlun roar bie tot ber armen (Efyeleute erft red]t gro. 35 rinfd]e roaren getfyan unb Doruber, unb nod^ toaren fie um feinen feller unb um fein XDet3en!orn, fonbern nur um eine bofe ^ratmurft reid]er, 2tod? roar ein Dunfd} sr iibrtg. 2Iber roas i|alf nun alter Heid?tum unb alles 3U einer fold^en Tta[en3ierat ber ^ausfrau ? JDoHten fie too^l 40 ober iibel, fo ntu^ten fie bie 23ergfey bitten, 5^ciu Oefe roieber r>on ber cermalebeiten XDurft 311 befreien. XUie gebeten, fo gefdjefyen ; unb fo roar ber britte XDunfcfy aud) poriiber, unb bie armen (Efyeleute fa^en einanber an, roaren ber namlid^e JErjans unb bie namlid]e Ciefe nad$er roie porter, urib bie 45 fdfyone ^ergfey !am niemals roieber. 33+ $c* 3c()^attrittct** I. 3)er ^er3og (5ottfrieb t>on Brabant roar geftorben, obne mannlid]e Ceibeserben 311 fynterlaffen ; er i)atte aber in einer Hrfunbe beftimmt, ba fein Canb ber fjer3ogin unb feiner Coc^ter r>erbleiben follte. fjieran fer^rte fid] jebod) (Sottfriebs 5 Bruber, ber mad^tige fjer3og r>on Sad^fen, roenig, fonbern bemad^tigte fid], alter Klagen ber IDitroe unb ber IDaife un* gead^tet, bes Canbes, bas ja nad] Deutfd^em Becfyte auf feine XDeiber forterben fonne. ^)ie ^er3ogin befd]Io barker bei bem Konige 3U flagen ; 10 unb als balb barauf Karl nacfj rtieberlanb '3og unb einen Heid^stag 3U ^fteumagen am Bfyein fatten roollte, !am fie mit ir|rer Cod^ter barjin unb begerjrte Hed]t. Da^in roar arid} ber Sad}fen!}er3og gefommen, um fid] 311 oerantroorten. s ereignete ftd] aber, ba| ber Konig burd] ein 5^nfter fd]aute ; 15 ba erblicfte er einen roei^en 5d]roan, ber fd]roamm ben Hr>ein berab unb 3og an einer filbernen Kette, bie B>eII gla^te, ein 5d]ijflein nad] fid]. 3 n bem 5d]iffe aber rul]te ein ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 49 3 2 A. (5 gtebt einen Pater mit 3toeimal fecfys Sofynen, X>tefe Sofyne fyaben jeber breigig boppelfarbtge Kinber ; fie fyabert erne XDange roet unb bte anbere fcfyrr>ar3, unb fefyen emanber nie son 2tngeficfyt; aud] leben fie nid]t iiber r>iertinb3tt)an3tg Stunben. s I am the father of twelve sons. Each of my sons is blessed with thirty fair boys and thirty dark girls who never see one another face to face. None of them live more than twelve hours. 33. THE KNIGHT OF THE SWAN (LOHENGRIN). I. Duke Godfrey of Brabant, having no male heirs, dis- posed in his last will that his wife and daughter should inherit the dukedom. But after his death, the Duke of Saxony, Telramond, Godfrey's brother, disregarding these last dispositions, took possession of all the estates. " In 5 virtue of Salic law," he contended, "women are not en- titled to succeed." Now it so happened that King Charles was just then holding an imperial diet at Neumagen on the Rhine. Thither the aggrieved duchess went with her daughter to 10 complain of the grievous wrong done to her. The power- ful Duke of Saxony too appeared at court to defend him- self. As they were about to plead, a white swan was seen to sail ( 1 8, 89) down the Rhine, drawing a skiff in which an K So GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN fd)Iafenber Hitter, fein Sd)ilb roar fein i}aupt!iffen, unb neben ifyn lagen J^ehn unb fjalsberg ; ber Scfyroan fteuerte gleid) 20 einem gefd)id* ten Seemann unb brad)te fein Sd)iff an bas (Seftabe. Karl unb ber gai^e fjof penxmnberte fid) I)dd)Iid) iiber biefes feltfame (Ereignig ; 3 e ^ermann ve*Q&$ ber Klage ber 5rcmen uitb lief fyinab bem Ufer 311. Hnterbeffen roar ber Hitter erroad^t unb ftieg cms ber 23ar!e; rr>ofyl unb 25 I^errlid] empfing ifyn ber Konig, na^m ifyi felbft bei ber unb fiifyrte i^n gegen bie ^urg. X>a fprad] ber junge 3U bem Pogel : ,,5^'eg beinen H)eg tr>ol|I, lieber 5d]tcan ! IDenn id) beiner rx>ieber bebarf, roill id) bid) fd)on rufen." Sogleid) fd)rr>ang fid) ber 5d)roan auf unb ful)r mit bem 30 5d)ifflein aus filler 2Iugen ^inrr>eg 3 e ^ ermann fd)aute ben f remben (5aft neugierig an, Karl ging txneber auf feinen Hid)* terftul)! unb roies jenem eine Stelle unter ben anbern 5^ftcn. II. Die ^erjogin r>on Brabant 3ur Seite il)rer fd)onen Cod)ter I)ub nunmel)r au5fiil)rlid) 3U Hagen an, unb fyernad) r>erteibigte fid) aud) ber J^er3og r>on 5ad)fen. iirbe. Pergebens lieg fie im gan3en Saale bie 2mgen I)erumgel)en, Keiner rear ba, ber fid) erboten I)citte, 3^ r ^ od)ter flagte laut unb ipeinte; ba erl)ob 10 ftd) ber Hitter, ben ber 5d)roan ins Canb gefiiB|rt I)atte, unb gelobte x il)r Kampfer 3U fein. ^ierauf riiftete man fid) r>on beiben Seiten 3um Streite, unb na i) einem langen unb I)art* ncicfigen <5efed)te roar ber Sieg enblid) auf Seiten bes Sd)tr>anritters. X>er ^er3og r>on 5ad)fen r>erlor fein Ceben, 15 unb ber J^er3ogin eld)es fein (5efd)led)t fei, benn 20 fonft miiffe fie ifyi t>erlieren. ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 51 1~^~ armed knight was resting asleep. The whole court rushed 15 to the shore, when they saw the swan stop opposite the king's castle. The knight in the silver armour, awaking from his sleep and stepping ashore, was received by the king with all the honours due to so distinguished a guest. Having bidden farewell to the swan and enjoined him to 2 o reappear when called ( 174), the knight accompanied the king to the court where the cause of the Duchess of Brabant was appointed to be ( 89) pleaded. J II. The Duke of Saxony, accused of having despoiled the widow and her daughter of their own, throwing down his glove, now challenged her to produce a champion ready to fight for the justice of her cause. In vain did she look around to see if any of the knights in the vast 5 assembly was willing to take up the gauntlet. \ No one / stirred, for her adversary was well known to be (89) a mighty warrior. But when her lovely daughter now burst into tears, the mysterious knight in the silver armour stepped forward, and picking up the gauntlet, vowed to be 10 their champion. Then and there the quarrel was fought ; the spoiler was worsted and lost his life.*! The victorious champion, however, was rewarded with the hand of the fair maiden whose cause he had espoused. But as they stood before the altar, "Never ask me," said he, "of what race I 15 am, nor whence I come, or we shall be parted for ever." 52 GERMAN COMPOSITION III. Der jer3og unb bie I}er3ogin befamen 3tx>ei Kinber, bie roaren roofylgeraten ; aber immer mefyr ftng es an ifyre ZlTutter 311 brudten, bag fie gar nicfyt mufcte, roer ifyr Pater roar, unb enblicfy tfyat fie an ifyn bie r>erbotene 5^cxge. >er 5 Hitter erfd^ra? fyer3lid} unb fprad? : ,,Hun B>aft bu felber unfer 3erbrod]en unb mid) am Idngften gefe^en/' >ie bereute cs, aber 311 [pat ; alle Ceute fielen 311 feinen 5iigen unb baten i^n 3U bleiben. X>er fjelb rr>ajfnete fid], unb ber Sdjroan fam mit bemfelben Sd^ifflein gefd}tt>ommen ; 10 barauf fii^te cr beibe Kinber, naB|m 2lb(d]ieb r>on feinem (5emaI|I unb fegnete bas gan3e Pol! ; bann trat er ins Scfyiff , fufyr feine Strafe unb !el|rte nimmer tx>ieber. X>er 5^ctu ging ber Hummer 311 fje^en, bod] 3og fie flei^ig i^re Kinber auf. Pon biefen ftammen piele eble (5efd}Ied}ter, bie r>on (Belbern 15 forr>ofyl als r>on (Elepe, aucfy bie Hieneie alten X^eutfd^en fanben nad]ft bem Kriege am meiften Pergniigen an ber 3 aa A t^^Id^e felbft aud} eine 2trt t>on Krieg roar. >enn es gab 3U jenen geiten in ben tPalbern Deutfcfytanbs IPoIfe, ^aren, 2tuerod]fen ; Ienn= 5 tiere unb r>iele 2trten r>on Haubr>6geln. Sarum rourbe ber Knabe r>on ben erften 3al>ren an tm (5ebraud]e ber XPaffen geubt unb ^ielt benjenigen ^ag fur einen feftlicfyen, an toeld^em er 3um erften ZHale 3ugleid] mit feinem Pater entroeber auf rtnlbe Ciere 3 a 9^ madden ober in ben Krieg aus3iefyen 10 follte. T>ie Deutfd^en ^ielten es fur efyren^after ben 5^inb I]eraus3uforbern unb burcfy Blut Beute 3U geroinnen, als bas (Srbreid] 3U pfliigen unb bie rnte 3U erroarten. X)ai]er ir>ar bas Ceben ber freien ZHanner 3U fjaufe arbeitslos, benn ben 2tdPerbau unb bie (Sefcfya'fte bes fjaufes iiberlie^en fie 15 ben IPeibern unb Sflar>en. ^6d]ft einfad] in iE]rer gan3en Cebenstpeife, fannten fte feinen Scfymuc? auger i^ren IPaffen : ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 53 III. Their union was blessed with two lovely children, and for many years they lived happily together. \ On an evil day, however, it occurred to the lady to ask her husband the very question he had forbidden her to put to him. " Now the charm of our happiness is broken for ever ; we 5 are doomed never to see each other again," said the knight in an agony of grief. In vain the duchess repented, in vain all the inmates of the castle fell down at his feet it was too late. \ The white swan reappeared ; the hero buckled on his silver armour, stepped into the same skiff which once 10 had brought him to the rescue, and was never seen again. 34. THE ANCIENT GERMANS. I. Hunting, the favourite sport of the ancient Germans, was in those times as dangerous as warfare ; for the primeval forests of Germany were swarming with ( 74) beasts and birds of prey. Hence a German youth had from his early years hardly any other occupation than that of learning the 5 use of arms ; and the day on which he was first allowed to accompany his father on a hunting or warring expedition was celebrated as a great feast. Getting ( 100) a livelihood by the spoils of hostile tribes was considered more honour- able than tilling the fields an occupation deemed unworthy 10 of a free man, and therefore entrusted to women and slaves. Their only ornaments were their weapons, which they adorned with the choicest designs, and their huge 54 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN ifyre Sd}ilbe r>er3ierten fie mit ben auserlefenften 5arben, unb bie Corner bes erlegten ZDilbes, am Banbe mit Silber ein* gef agt, gebraudjten fie bet f eftlicfyen (Belagen ats flrinfgefdjirre. II. Die Hecate ber (Saftfreunbfdjaft efyrte fern Pol! fyeiliger als bie Deutfdjen. dEinen Ambling, tt?er er aud? fein mocfyte, nidjt in bas Irjaus auf3unefymen, tourbe fur Siinbe gefyalten. So lange Porrat an Speife unb Cranf s ir>ar, ben?irteten fie ben (Saft ; beim Scfyeiben iiberliegen fie i^m ein (5aftgefdjen! unb nai|men feinen 2lnftanb, gegenfeitig and] fiir fid) ein folcfyes 311 forbern, roenn jener etoas ^atte, rooran fie etroa 5reube fanben. (ine eigentiimlid^e Cugenb aber ber Deutfcfyen rr>ar bie tEreue : roeber bie ^offnung auf 10 (Seroinn ober Dorteil, nod] bie 5urd]t t>or 5!Iat)erei unb Cob r>ermod)te, bag fie bas gegebene IPort brazen. 2tud] bie 5rauen roaren folder banner nid}t unmiirbig: benn biefelben bejorgten, rtne W\TC oben gefagt t^aben, bie (Sefdjafte bes fjaufes, er3ogen felbft ifyre Kinber unb iiberlieen fie J 5 nid^t ben 2T(agben ober 2Immen ; !ur3 fie glaubten, ba fie bie (5eno[finnen alter 2Inftrengungen unb (5efa^ren feien, unb bag fie aud} im Kriege bas Ztamlid|e rpagen, bas butben miigteit tpie bie ZTtanner. in 2II!mene unb gonnte i^r ben Sofyi nid]t, t)on beffen gu!unft 3upiter ben (Sottern felbft (Sroges t)er!iinbet fyatte. Qafyic \dl\< te fie 3toei entfe^Iid^e 5d]langen aus, u?eld^e, bas Kinb 5 3U toten beftimmt, burd? bie offenen pforten in 2H!mene's 5d]laf3immer gefd^Iid^en !amen unb, efye bie X^ienerinnen bes (Semadjes unb bie fd]Iummernbe IHutter felbft es inne rourben, fid] an ber IDiege empor ringelten unb ben Irjals bes Knaben 311 umftricfen anfingen. Der Knabe ermad^te 10 mit einem 5d]rei unb ricfyete feinen Kopf auf. Das unge* roo^nte ^atsbanb tx>ar ifym unbequem. Da gab er bie erfte ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 55 drinking-cups mounted with silver, which were made of the horns of the wild aurochs. 15 II. The right of hospitality was sacred to the ancient German. When a stranger had once crossed his threshold, he was treated as a guest, and on parting it was customary to exchange presents. Loyalty was the essential feature ( 129) of their character. When once a German had 5 pledged his faith, neither hope of gain nor fear of death could induce him to break his plighted word. "A word, a man " was his motto. As the men, so the women. On them devolved the entire management of the house- hold ; and in times of war they shared with the men all 10 the dangers and privations incident to warfare. 3 4 A. Kontg fjemricfy ber Dierre r>on 5rcm!retcfy riiftete fid] 311 cittern Kriege; niemanb trmgte gegen toen. ner r>on ben neiigiertgen J^ofleuten fragte ifyi enbltcfy gera5e3U, als er atlem mtt tfym roar. ,,Kannft >ii fcfyroeigen ?" fragre fcer Kontg ,,0, gertng, (nx ZTTajeftat !" ,,3d) and) \" fagte 5 ber Kontg, unb Ite ifyt betroffen fte^en. "Can you keep a secret?" said Henry the Fourth to an inquisitive courtier who wanted to know against whom the King was preparing for war. " Of course I can," answered the courtier. "So can the King !" 35. HERCULES IN THE CRADLE. I. As the new-born Hercules lay asleep in his cradle two hideous serpents crept through the open door into his bed-chamber. These serpents had been sent to strangle him by Juno, who was jealous of Hercules's mother, Alcmene. 5 As the reptiles twisted their deadly coils round the child's neck, he awoke, raised his head, stretched out his 56 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN probe feiner (5otter!raft : er ergriff mit jeber fjanb cine Scfylange am (5enic? unb erfticfte bie beiben mit einem ein3igen 2)rucf. Die IDarterinnen fatten bie Scfylangen jefet *5 rooty bemerft, aber unbe3tr>inglici)e 5urd}t fyielt fie feme. 2tt!mene roar cmf ben Scfyrei ifyres Kinbes erroacfyt; mit blofcen 5ufeen jprang fie aus bem Sett unb ftiirste, ^iilfe rufenb, auf bie Scfjlamjen 311, bie fie fc^on r>on ben fjanben i^res Kinbes errciirgt fanb. II. 3e^t traten aud) bie 5iirften ber Cfyebaner, burc^ ben fjilfemf aufge[d]reor ber XPiege, \afy unb fyorte mas gefd)el)en roar; Cuft, mit nt[efeen gemi(d)t, burd^bebte i^n ob ber uner^orten Kraft bes !aum gebornen 5o^nes. (r betraofytete bie C^at als ein gropes XDunber3eid]en unb rief ben propfyeten bes groen 3^piter, 10 ben IDafyrfager Cirefias, ^erbei. Diefer roeiffagte bem Konige, ber Konigin unb alien 2tntr>efenben ben Cebenslauf bes Knaben: rote r>iel IIngeB)euer auf iele Ungetiime bes ZHeeres er B|inrDegraumen, roie er mit ben (5iganten felbft im Kampfe 3ufammenfto^en unb fie befiegen 15 roerbe, unb roie ifyi am (nbe feines muB|er>oIIen (2rbenlebens bas eroige Ceben bei ben (Sottern, unb fjebe, bie eroige 3ugenb, als tymmlifd]e (Sematyin errr>arte. ^ I. 2tuf unferer roeiteren 5ci^rt !amen n>ir nun 3U bem roilblebenben graufamen Polfe ber (Eyflopen. 2tls rr>ir bort lanbeten, fa^en roir am au^erften ZHeeresftranb eine E|od)= geroolbte 5elfen!luft, gan3 mit Corbeergeftrducr^ iiberfcfyattet, 5 too ftcl] t)iele Sor/afe unb &\tQt\\ 3U lagern pftegten ; rings* um^er roar r>on eingerammelten Steinen unb I|o^en 5icfyten unb ic^en ein (Sebege erbaut. 3 n biefer Hm3aunung ^auste ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 57 hands, and, seizing the serpents by the neck, strangled them both, even before his nurses and his mother had time to hurry to his rescue (132). I0 II. When King Amphitryon and the Theban princes, frightened by the cries of alarm raised by the women, rushed into the bedroom and saw the strangled serpents, they were mightily astonished at the gigantic ( 129) strength of the new-born child. /Tiresias, the renowned soothsayer, 5 consulted by the king, declared that the infant hero was predestined to great deeds. " He will," said the seer, " slay demons on earth and purge the sea of monsters ; and after many adventures and sore trials, he will be received in the abode of the gods, there to ( 89) enjoy eternal 10 youth as the consort of Hebe." J 3 5 A. 3^ be* pilger^reife, emem r>on 3ofyt Bunyan ge* fcfyrtebenen allegortfcfyen XDerfe, ftnbet ftcfy erne gldnsenbe 23efd}reibung bes Cannes Beulafy, rx>o bte 23lumen, bte XPein* trauben, unb bte (Sefdnge ber Dogel me cmffyoren, unb rx>o 5ie Sonne Cag unb Ziad^t fcfyemt. 5 The Pilgrim's Progress is an allegorical work written by John Bunyan. There we read of the promised land of Beulah, in which the flowers ever bloom and the grapes are ever ripe ; there the birds never cease singing and the sun never sets. 5 36. THE ADVENTURES OF ULYSSES. I. In the course of his wanderings Ulysses reached an unknown island inhabited by giants. With twelve of his trustiest companions he landed, and soon discovered a rocky cave, the lonely abode of one of those giants called Cyclopes. 5 58 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN ein ZlTcmn r>on riefiger (5eftalt, ber bie JFjerbe einfam auf entfernten IDeiben umfyertrieb, nie ntit 2Inbern, and) nid]t 10 mit Seinesgleicfyen, umging unb immcr nur auf bosfyaften 5rer>el fann. Das roar eben ein Cyclop. IDafyrenb roir nun bas (Seftabe mit ben 2tugen mufterten, rourben roir alles biefes geroafyr. Da roafylte id] mtr sroolf ber tapferften 5reunbe aris, r)ie bie iibrtgen an 23orb bletben rinb mir bas 15 Scfyiff beroa^ren, unb na^m einen Sfylaudi r>oll bes beften IPeines 311 mir. 2tls roir bet ber 5efe!Iuft ange!otnmen rx>aren, fanben rent ifyt felbft nid^t 311 fjaufe, benn er roar bei feinen jerben auf ber H)eibe. IDir traten otine roeiteres in bie f}6fyle ein, unb 20 rrmnberten uns iiber bie tnnere (inrid]tung. 2>a ftanben Korbe, von macfytigen Kafelaiben ftrofeenb, um^er; in ben Stdllen, bie in ber (Srotfe angebrad]t roaren, ftanb es gebrangt t>oll r>on Ccimmern unb jungen giegen, unb jebe (Sattung roar befonbers eingefperrt; Korbe lagen umfyer, 25 Kiibel t>oll ZHolfen, ^iitten, (imer 3um XHelfen. 2lnfangs brangen bie (Senoffen in mid), t>on bem Kafe 3U nefymen, [o r>iel roir fonnten, unb uns bar>on 3U madden, ober Cammer unb ^iegen nad) unferem Scf^iffe ^in3utreiben, unb bann roieber 3U unfern 5^^unben nad) ber 3n(el ^iniiberfteuern. 3 ^Jcitte id] ifyrem Hate bod) gefolgt 1 aber id) roar all^ube- gierig, ben feltfamen ^erool>ner ber fjofyle 3U fd)auen, unb roollte lieber ein (5aftgefd)en! erroarten als mit einem Haube pon bannen 3iefyen. Desroegen 3iinbeten roir ein 5euer <^n unb opferten. 5)ann nafymen roir ein XDeniges von bem 35 Kafe unb aen. Hun roarteten roir, bis ber fjausrjerr II. nblid) naB)te er, auf feinen Hiefenfdjultern eiite ungefyeure Caft troor 2tngft 3ufammen fur^ren unb uns in ben au^erften IDinfel ber (5rotte r>erftec! ten. Da fa^en roir benn, roie er feine fette ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 59 Providing themselves with a leather bottle filled with the best wine, they marched towards the cavern, but found it empty, the Cyclops being ( 98) just then on the pasture tending his flocks. However, they stepped in, and finding it well stored with all kinds of dairy produce milk, whey, 10 butter, and cheese the companions of Ulysses would have helped themselves freely, and carried the booty to the ships ; but, being anxious to see a Cyclops, Ulysses would ( 26) not follow their advice, and, lighting a fire, awaited the return of the strange tenant of the cave. *S For Students interested in Homeric lore, a few extracts from Voss's classic Translation are here inserted by way of comparison : fjiurtig nunmefyr 311 ber }6b,Ie gelcmgten tmr ; aber bafyeim nicfyt ^anben toir Um ; fdjon trieb er bie roeiblicfye ^eerb* auf bie Bergtrift. U?tr, in bie ^of)!' eingefyenb, umfafyn tnit en?unberung Mes. Hingsfyer ftrotjten t>on Kdfe bie Korb', aucl? Cdmmer unb girflein XParen gebrdngt in ben Stdllen ; unb jegltd?e (Sattung befonbers t ir nun sunbeten Swxt, unb opferten ; felber fobann audj toir Kdf unb afjen, unb Ijarreten, brinnen uns fetjenb. II. Before long they heard him step in, carrying a heavy bundle of sticks, which he threw down with such a tremend- ous crash that they were frightened out of their wits. Con- 60 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN }erbe in bie Kluft eintrieb, bod) nur bie, tr>eld)e er roollte ; IDibber unb 23ocfe blieben brauj$en in bem eingefyegten Dorfyofe. rtun rollte er ein mdd)tiges 5elsftiicf r>or ben 10 ierrdbrige &)agen nid)t fatten t>on ber Stelle fdjaffen fonnen. >ann fefete er fid] gemdd)lid) auf ben 23oben, melfte ber Beifye nad) bie Sdjafe unb erroa^rte er in gro^en (Sefd]irren, benn bas roar fein taglicfyer Crunf. IDie er mit 2IHem fertig roar, mac^te er fid) ein 5euer an, unb nun gefcfyafy es, ba er uns in unferem XDinfel erblicfte. 2tud) ir>ir fallen jefet erft feine Hiefengeftalt genau. r fyatte roie 20 alle (Eyflopen nur ein ein3iges funfelnbes 2tuge in ber 5tirne t 3eine roie taufenbjafyrige- (id]enftdmrne, unb 2trme unb Jpjdnbe gro^ unb ftar! genug, um mit (Sranitblocfen ^all 3u fpielen. r/ IDer feib i^r, 5^emblinge \" fu^r er uns mit feiner 25 rau^en 5timme an, bie !Iang, roie ein Conner im (Sebirge, ,,tt)o^er fommt il|r iiber bas XHeer gefaB|ren? yt bie Seerauberei euer (5e[d]dft, ober n>as treibt i^r? 7 ' Bei bem (5ebrtiII bebte uns bas J^er3 im Ceibe. J)od) nafyn id) mid) 3u[ammen unb erroieberte: ,,2Id) nein; tx>ir finb 30 (5ried)en, fommen t>on ber ^erftorung Croja's 3urucf, unb ^aben uns rr>dl)renb ber l^eimfafyrt auf bem XHeere t>erirrt. So nal)en tt>ir beinen Knieen unb flel)en bid) um Sd)ut$ unb eine (5abe an. 3 a / fd)eue bie (56tter, lieber ZHann! unb erB)5re uns! 2)enn 3 u P^^ r befd)irmt bie 5d)u^flel)enben 35 unb rdd)t ii)re ITci^anblung \" III. 2lber ber (Tyflop ericieberte mit graglicfyem Cad)en: ,,Du bift ein red)ter Cf)or, o 5rembling, unb rr>eieft nid)t, mit mem bu es 311 tfyun I)aft 1 ZHeineft bu, roir fummern uns um bie (Sotter unb ifyre Bad)e? XDas gilt ben Cyflopen 5 3^s ber X>onnerer unb alle (5otter miteinanber ! Sinb rr>ir bod) r>ie( t>ortrefflid)er als fie ! Will's mein eigen ^er3 nid)t, ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 61 cealed in the remotest corner of the grotto, they watched the giant as he drove in his goats and sheep, rolled a huge 5 fragment of rock before the entrance, and then began to milk his ewes and she-goats. When he had stored the milk, he lit a fire ; and now only, by the flickering light, Ulysses and his companions could see the Cyclops distinctly a gigantic, one-eyed monster, with legs as big as primeval oak 10 trees, and arms and hands strong and big enough to play at ball with granite boulders. " What are you doing here ? " now shouted the giant with a thundering voice, as he ' descried the strangers ; " where do you come from ? and what is your errand ? 15 Piracy, I'll be bound," he added with a hoarse laugh. " Oh dear, no," replied Ulysses meekly. " I and my companions here are Greeks returning from the siege of Troy ; we have unfortunately lost our way, and implore thee on our knees for thy protection and the gifts of hospitality. 20 As thou fearest the immortal gods, who protect the suppli- ants, have mercy upon us ! " e, fagt, n?er fetb ifjr ? roofer burdjfrfjifft ifjr bte ?oge? 3fi es melletcfyt tint etoerb', ifi's tpafyllos, baft ifyr umfjerirrt? (Sletdj tme etn Baubgefdjroaber in Salsmeer, toeldjes u Selbft barbtetenb bas Ceben, etn t)olf 311 befetnben tm Jtuslanb ? So ber KyHop , ba brad? uns 2HIen bas %r3 cor Sntfetjen liber bas raufje ebrull, unb tfjn felbfi, bas graftlidje 5d?eufal. III. "What ( 134) fools you are to think I care for Jupiter !" exclaimed the giant scoffingly. "You evidently do not know with whom you have to deal ; we Cyclopes are a match for all the gods put together. Whether I shall spare 62 GERMAN COMPOSITION fo fd]one id} roeber bid] nod] beine 5reunbe ! 2lber fage mir jefct, roo bu bas Scfyff geborgen fjaft, auf roeld]em bu Emerge* fommen bift. XDo liegt es r>or 2Infer, nafy ober feme?' 1 So 10 fragte ber Cy^op r>oll 2trgltft ; id] aber roar balb mit einer fd]lauen Crftnbwtg bet ber ^anb. , r 21Tem Sd^iff, gutcr 2Tcann/' antroortete id), ,,^at ber (rberfd]utterer pofeibon nidit rr>ett r>on ciircm Ufer an bie Klippcn gcmorfen unb 3crtrummcrt; id] allcin mit biefcn 3rt>o(f (Befetlen bin 15 cntronnen I" 2Iuf biefe Hebe anttoortete bas UngeE|euer gar nid]t, fonbern [treble nur feine Hiefen^anbe aus, pad te 3toei meiner (Senoffen, unb fd^Iug fte, roie junge Jpjunbe, 311 ^oben, ba ifyr ^lut unb (Seliirn auf bie ie ein Coroe in ben Bergen. (Eingeroeibe, 5Iei[d], ja bas 2T(ar! mit fammt ben Knod^en r>er3el]rte er. IDir aber ftretften bie fjanbe 3U 3 u P^ er ^^tpor, unb jammerten laut iiber bie 5^er>elt^at. IV. rtacfybem fid] bas Hntier feinen IDanft gefiillt unb ben Durft mit 2^1ild] gelo[d]t, toarf er fid] ber Cange nad] in ber I}6fyle 3U ^oben, unb nun befann id] mid] ob id] nid]t auf ii]n losgefyen unb il]m bas 5d]roert 3tx>ifd]en groerd]fell unb 5 Ceber in bie Seite ftoften follte. 2tber fd]nell bebad]te id] mid] eines ^effern. i)enn tt>as t]dtte uns bas gei]olfen? IPer I]dtte uns ben unermelid]en Stein r>on ber I}ol]le geir>al3t ? H)ir fatten 3ulefet alle bes jammerlid]ften Cobes fterben miiffen. De^ir>egen lie^en roir ifyn [d]nard]en unb 10 erroarteten in bumpfer ^angigfeit ben 2Horgen. 2tls biefer crfd^ien unb ber CyHop aufgeftanben roar, 3iinbete er roieber ein 5^uer an unb fing ait 3U melfen. 2tls er 2IIIes beenbigt, padte er roieber 3roei meiner Begleiter, unb t>er3efyrte fie 3U unferem or, roie man ben Decfel auf ben Kocfyer (efet. H)ir rjorten ifyi mit gellenbem pfeifen feine ijerbe in bie ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 63 you or not will depend entirely on my own pleasure ! By 5 the by," added he, " what has become of your ships ? are they riding at anchor in this bay ? " But Ulysses, who never was at a loss for an ingenious reply, seeing through the Cyclops's insidious inquiry, told him that Poseidon, the god who ruled over the sea, had 10 dashed all their ships against the cliffs, and he alone with his twelve companions had escaped from the shipwreck. Without more ado the monster now seized two of the intruders with his huge hands, tore them to pieces, and devoured them, skin, bones, and all, without heeding the 15 lamentations of their woebegone companions. Cfyoricfyt bift bu, o Ambling, too nidjt von feme bit fyerfamft, Der bu bie (Setter 311 fdjeun mtcfy ermafynjl, unb bie Hadje ber (Setter ! ZTicfyts ja gilt ben KyHopen ber Donnerer eus Kronion, Hod? Me feligen otter ; benn u>eit uortrefflicfyer ftnb n>ir ! Hem, u>of)I nimmer cms Scfjeu r>or Kronions Hadje uerfdjon' icfy, IDeber bein, nod? ber ^reitnbe, n?o nidjt mein ^erj mir gebietet. Sage mtr benn, n?ol]tn bein trefflidjes 5d?iff bu gej!euert ; tffe. 3ener fpradj's argliftig, umfonjl mid) Kunbigen tdufd?enb. IV. The ogre, having laid himself down and begun to snore like a cart-horse, Ulysses had a good mind to run his sword through the villain's body. But he thought )etter of it ; for how could he and his friends have left the cavern, seeing that their united efforts could not have 5 removed the rock from the entrance ? They therefore anxiously awaited the next morning. When it dawned, the Cyclops got up and again milked his ewes and she-goats, after which he once more seized two of Ulysses's companions and devoured them for his breakfast. 10 Then he removed the stone, and having driven out his 64 GERMAN COMPOSITION G 23erge treiben; roir aber blieben in ber Cobesangft 20 unb jeber erroartete, ba bas nad]ftemal bie Beifye, gefreffen 311 roerben, an ifyt fommen roerbe. 3d] jelbft beroegte fort* roafyrenb enfyol3 ; er I]atte fie fid] abgefyauen, um fie 311 tragen, roenn fie biirre gerporben roare; tins erfd]ien fie an Cange unb DidPe bent 2T(aft eines gro^en 5d]ijfes gleid]. Von biefer Ketile I]ieb id] mir einen pfafyl t>on ber Dicf e, toie ein 2(rm il|n umfpannen 30 fann, reid]te benfelben ben 5unben unb I]ie fie ifyi glatt fd]aben, bann fd]drfte id] iB>n oben gan3 fpi^ unb brannte ifyn in ber 5^mme fyart. Diefen pfal]l t>erbarg id] tnit aller Sorgfalt im ^Hifte, beffen es I]aufenrr>eife in ber jof]le gab. V. 2lm 2Ibenb !am ber gra^lid]e J^irte mit feiner ^jerbe I^eim, fiigte, roie bisfyer, ben Stein roieber in bie (Dffnung, tttat Allies roie fonft, unb fra aud] 3U?ei aus unferer ZHitte. 3n3tr>i[d]en E]atte id] eine fyo^erne Kanne mit bem bun!eln 5 IDein aus meinem 5d]laud]e gefiillt, nal]erte mid] bem Ungefyeuer unb jprad] : ,,Da nimm, Cyflop, unb trin! ! auf ZlTenfcfyenfleifd] fd]metf t ber tDein r>ortreff(id]. 3d] brad]te il]n mit, um ifyi bir 3U fpenben, roenn bu rbarmen mit uns trugeft, unb uns E^eim Iieeft. 2tber bu bift ja ein gan3 ent* 10 fefelid]er XPiiterid] ; toie mag bid] ftinftig ein anberer ZHenfd] befud]en ! tein, bu bift nid]t billig mit uns oerfal]ren \" Der (Eyflop nofyn bie Kanne ofyne ein IDort 3U r>erlieren unb leerte fie mit burftigen on 2leuem 311 trinfen. 3 a / breimal fd]en!te id] ifym bie Kanne r>oll, unb breimal leerte er fie in feiner Summljett. 2Ils tt]m ber IPein bie 23efinnung 311 umnebeln anftng, fprad] id] 25 fd]Iauer IPeife : ,,2TCeinen Stamen roittft bu roiffen, (Eyflop ? 3d? babe einen feltfamen Stamen. 3^? fyi& bw Hiemanb ; alle IDelt nennt mid] Hiemanb, Gutter, Pater f|ieen mid] fo, unb bei alien meinen 5^unben bin id] jo gefyei^en." J>arauf antroortete 6er (Ey^op: ,,nun follft 5u aud] bein 30 (5aftgefd]en! er^alten; 5en Hiemanb, ben t)er3ef]re id] 3ulefet nad] alien feinen 5d]iffsgeno(fen. Sift bu mit fcer (Sabe 3ufrie6en, Ttiemanb ?" VI. X)iefe lefeten IPorte laHte ber (Eyflop nur nod], lefynte fid] rudProcirts unb taumelte balb gan3 311 Soben, ZHit gefriimmtem, feiftem HadPen be^nte er fid] fcfynarcfyenb im Hatifd], ]a XPein unb 2Tcen(d]enfleifd] brad] er in ber Crunfen* 5 I]eit aus feinem 5d]lunbe Derails. 3 e fe^ ftecfte id] fd]nell ben Pfal]I in bie glimmenbe 2tfd]e, bis er 5^uer fing, unb als er fd]on 5un!en fprii^te, 3og id] ifyi Derails, unb mit ben t>ier 5reunben, bie bas Coos getroffen I]atte, ftie^en rx>ir ifym bie Spifee tief in's 2Iuge I]inab, unb id], in bie fjofye gerid]tet, 10 brel]te ben pfal]l, roie ein ^ittt^^ntann einen 5d]iffsbal!en burd]bol]rt. XPimpern unb 2Iugenbrauen t>er[engte bie (5Iut bis auf bie_XPur3eln, bag es praffelte, unb fein erlofcfyenbes 2Iuge 3i(d]te one Beiges (i[en im XPaffer. (Srauenr>oII I]eulte ber Perlefete auf, fo laut, bag bie JFjofyle r>on bent (5ebriiE 15 u?ieberl]allte ; unb roir, Dor 2Ingft bebenb, flud]teten in ben ciugerften IPinfel ber (5rotte, Polyp^em rig fid] inbeffen ben pfal]l aus ber 2tugenl}oble, t>on bem bas Blut triefenb i]erunterrann ; er fd]Ieuberte ifyi roeit r>on fid], unb tobte roie ein Hnfinniger. >ann erl]ub er 20 ein neues ol]nten, X>iefe famen r>on alien Seiten I]eran, umftellten bie jol)le unb ix>ollten rpiffen, roas ii]rem Sruber gefd]el]en fei. een ntadjtDoII, unb befiellte bte Ztacfjtfofh 3e^o begann id) felber, unb fpradj, bem KyHopen genafjet, tne Ijo^erne Kanne bes bunfelen IDetns in ben ^dnben : Ittmm, o KyHop, unb trinf ; auf tHenfdjenfletfdj ift ber IDetn gut ! Daft bu lernfi, tr>ie foftlidj ben Crunf bier fjegte bas tTteerfcrjtff, tDeldjes uns trug. 2)tr bracfyt' id? 3ur Sprenge nur, n?enn bu erbarmenb ^eim mid? 311 fenben getod^rt. Dod? bu tDUtfyeji ja gan3 unertrdglid? ! 36fcr Itlann, rt?ie mag bir ein 2Inberer nab,en in gufunft, So niel IHenfdjen aud? ftnb ? Du fyajl nidjt billig gebanbelt ! VI. As he said this, he staggered and sank down dead drunk, as his wily guest had expected. Now Ulysses seized the pole, put it into the fire till it began to blaze, and with the help of four of his companions, he thrust the burn- ing point so deep into the monster's one eye that it seethed 5 like a redhot iron in cold water. With a terrific howl the blinded ogre started to his feet and tore the pole from the socket of his eye, whilst his tormentors concealed themselves in the remotest corners of the cave. At the sound of his repeated yells, the other 10 Cyclopes hurried to the entrance and asked their brother what was the matter. "Nobody wants to murder me treacherously," roared Polyphemus. 68 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN brullte cms ber .EjSfyle gratis : ,,niemanb, Hiemanb bringt 25 mid] unt, ifyr 5reunbe ! Tttemanb tfyut es mit 2Irglift 1" 2Ils Me (Eyflopen bas gotten, fprad]en fie: ff Zl\m, tsenn Ttie* manb bir etroas 31: Ceibe tfyut, roenn bid] feme Seele angreift, teas fcfyreieft bu benn fo ? Du bift tt>ol|I !ran! ; aber gegen Kran!E]eit fyaben roir (EyKopen feine 2Tcittel! ;/ So fdjrteen 30 jte tinb eilten roieber bapon. 2Hir aber ladtfe bas J^ers im Ceibe. VII. J)er blinbe (Eyflop tappte mbeffen in feiner ^o^Ie um^er, immer nod] r>or 5d]mer3en roinfelnb, om (Eingange, fefete ftd] bann unter bie pforte, unb taftete mit ben fjanben um^er, tint einen 3 e ^ n r>on tins 311 5 fangen, ber tift fettle, mit ben Scfyafen 311 entu>i[d]en ; benn er fyelt mid] fitr fo einfdltig, ba id] es atif biefe XDeife angreifen tpiirbe. 3^ a ^^ r ^ am in3rt)ifd]en an tatifenberlei planen B]ertim, bis id] ben red]ten ausfinbig mad]te. (s ftanben ncimlid] gemciftete XDibber mit bent bid]teften 5Itee 10 tint tins Ijer, gar gro tinb ftattlid]. X>ie t>erbanb id] gan3 gefyeim mit ben Htiten bes H)eibengefled]tes, atif roeld]em ber (Eyflop fd]Iief, je brei tinb brei; unb ber mittlere trtig tinter feinem 23aud]e immer einen t>on tins ZHdnnern, ber fid] an feiner IDoIIe feft^ielt, inbeffen bie beiben anbern IPibber 15 red]ts tinb Iin!s, bie I]eimlid]e Caft befd]irmenb, ein^ertrollten. 3d] felber tpal]Ite ben ftattlid]ften ^oorragte. 3^ n f a 6te id] am HiidP en, tpa^te mid] tinter feinen ^atid] tinb fyelt bie fjanbe feft in ben gefratifelten H)ollenflo(fen gebrei]t. So tinter ben IDibbern ^dngenb, 20 ertoarteten toir mit tmterbrii^ten Seuf3ern ben XHorgen. (r fam, tinb bie mdnnlid]e J^erbe fprang 3iierft fyiipfenb atis ber f]6I]le atif bie IDeibe. Zttir bie IDeibd]en blocften nod] mit ftro^enben (Stitern in ben Stallen. 3^ r 9^plctgter J^err betaftete jebem ZDibber, ber fynausging, forgfdltig ben 25 Hiicf en, ob !ein 5Iiid]tIing baratif fitje ; an ben 3aud] unb meine Oft bad]te er in feiner >timm]eit nid]t. So ir>ie toir ein tx>enig r>on ber SdslMi entfernt tparen, ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 69 " Then why on earth," exclaimed the Cyclopes outside 15 the cavern, " dost thou howl thus, though, as thou sayest, nobody is doing thee any harm ? For diseases sent by the gods we know no remedies." So saying they hurried away. Hnb nun ricf bie KYflopen ber 23ruilenbe, tselcfye benadjbart IDofmten im ^elfengefluft um bes Stranbs roinbfyallenbe )dupter. 3?ne r>ernab,men ben Huf, unb tsanbelten bortfyer unb bafyer, Hnb um bie fjobje gefteilt crforfdjten fie, teas ifyn betrubte : TOas bod? gefdjafy, polYfemos, 3u Ceibe bir, baft bu fo briiHtejl: 5 2)urdj btc ambroftfdje Iadjt, unb uns auftr>ec?tejl com Sdjlummer ? (Db bir bie ?erben meHeicfyt ber Sterblidjen einer f^intDegraubt, (Dber bicij felbfi aud? tobtet, burd? ^trgli^ ober gemaltfam ? IDieber begann aus ber ^o^Ie bas Ungeljeu'r polvfentos : Zttemanb tobtet micf}, ^reunbe, burdj itrglifi ; Keiner getoaltfam ! IO Drauf antmorteten jen', unb fdjrie'n bie gefliigelten IPorte : Hun tpofern mit (Setoalt bid? eus, bem Sr^abnen, oerniag fein XHittel 3U toenben. Du benn flefje 3um X)ater, bem meerbe^errfdjer pofeibon. VII. Groping his way in the cavern, the blind Cyclops at last found the issue, where, having removed the stone, he sat down with outstretched hands so as to prevent any one from escaping with the sheep. Meanwhile, however, Ulysses got hold of the stoutest and fleeciest wethers of the 5 flock, and tying three and three together, bade each of his remaining six companions suspend himself under the belly of the wethers in the middle. For himself he selected the bell-wether the biggest of all, folded his arms round the back of the beast, burying his hands deep in the thick 10 fleece and, thus equipped, they all approached the issue of the cave. As Ulysses had expected, the watchful Cyclops passed his hands carefully over the back of every one of the sheep ; but as it did not occur to him to feel below, the hidden riders all emerged from the cavern undetected. 15 When, last of all, the bell-wether, heavily burdened, came to the way out, Polyphemus tenderly patted his woolly back 70 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN mad)te id) mid) 3uerft r>on meinem Bocfe los, unb loste bann aud) meine 5reunbe ab. IDir roaren unfrer leiber 30 nur nod) fieben, umarmten uns mit fyer3lid)er 5teube, unb jammerten um bie Derlorenen. 3)od) rmnfte id) ifynen, ba feiner laut tr>einen, fonbern ba fie mit ben geraubten IDibbern fid) fd)nell nad) unfern Stiffen mit mir aufmad]en follten, (rft als ir>ir tt>ieber auf unfern uberban!en fagen unb burd) 35 bie IDogen bai)in fd)ifften, auf einen ^erolbsruf r>om Hfer entfernt, fd)rie id) bent am Hferfyiigel mit feiner ^erbe berg= rocirts I)inan!Iimmenben Cyflopen meine Spottrebe 311 : ,,2Tun, (Eyflop, bu fyaft bod) feines fd)led)ten ^Tcannes 23egleiter in beiner )ol)Ie gefreffen \ (nblid) finb bir beine 5**et>eltf}aten 40 r>ergolten roorben, unb bie Strafe 3uptter's wnb ber (Sotter Iiaft bu empfunben ! y/ VIII. 2Hs ber tPiitrid) biefes fyorte, tourbe fein (Srimm nod) tnel groei\ r ri einen gan3en 5^^bloarf il\n nad) unferem 5d)iffe. (r I)atte fo gut gesielt, ba er bas on bent nieberftiir3enben ^locfe fd)rooll bie 5tut an unb bie rucfroarts tr>allenbe ^ranbung ri unfer 5d)iff tt>ieber art's (Seftabe 3urii(f. ZHit aEer (Setpalt mu^ten roir bie Huber anftrengen, um bent Unge* beuer aufs neue 3U entfliefyen unb fortodrts 3u fommen. 10 Hun ftng id) abermals an 311 rufen, obgleid) mid) bie 5reunbe, bie einen 3tr>eiten XDurf befiird)teten, mit (Setpalt abi)alten roollten. ,,^ore, (Eyflop/' fd)rie id), ,,tr>enn bid) je einmal ein tflenfdjenfinb fragt, tt>er bir bein 2tuge geblenbet, 'fo follft bu eine beffere 2mtroort geben, als bu fie beinen J 5 CyHopen ertfyeilt i)aft ! Sag iE)m nur : ber gerftorer Croja's, 0byffeus, i)at mid) geblenbet, ber Sofyt bes Caertes, ber auf ber 3n(e( 3tl)a!a rpo^nt!^ So rief id). J^eulenb fd)rie ber (Ey^op f)eriiber : ,,IDei) mir ! So fyat fid) benn bie alte IDeiffagung an mir erfiillt! X)enn einft befanb fid) saunter uns ein IDaI)rfager mit Stamen Celemus, bes (Surymus Sofyi t ix>eld)er E)ier im aitbe ber Cyflopen alt ENGLISH ^ARALLEL PASSAGES 71 and said, " How is it that thou, who wast always the first in the field, art to-day the last ? Surely thou art sorely grieved at thy master's affliction. If thou couldst only speak, I 20 know ( 115) thou wouldst tell me the hiding-place of that treacherous Nobody and his beggarly rabble ; how I would batter out his brains against the walls of the cave ! " No sooner had the wethers reached a certain distance, than Ulysses disentangled himself from his fleecy carrier, 25 unbound his companions, and they with all speed made for the boat. As they rowed away, Ulysses shouted to Polyphemus, still within reach of the voice : " Thou hast now the reward of thy misdeeds ! The guest whose companions thou hast devoured was truly no 30 mean man, and therefore thou now feelest the wrath of the gods ! " VIII. Thus lashed into fury, the Cyclops tore a mighty block from the rocky mountain, hurled it at the ship and wellnigh hit it. And so high did the waters swell from the fall of the rock that the surge carried the boat back towards the shore ; and with might and main had s they to ply their oars in order to gain the offing. Once more Ulysses began to shout, " Know thou that it is Ulysses, the son of Laertes of Ithaca, that has put thine eye out ; so now, if thou art ever asked who did it, thou canst give a better answer, and say that it was the con- 10 queror of Troy." " Woe is me !" howled the Cyclops ; " now the prophecy has come true. Once upon a time a soothsayer told me that one Ulysses would come and deprive me of my eye- 72 GERMAN COMPOSITION GERMAN geiporben ift. Siefer fyat mir geroafyrfagt, ba id] bereinft burd] (Dbyffeus bas (5efid]t r>erlieren follte. Da meinte id] benn immer, es follte ein ftattlid]er Kerl bafyer fommen, fo 2 5 9roJ3 unb ftarf, roie id] felber eincr bin, unb [elite fid] mit mir im Kampfe mcffen. Hub nun ift biefer IX)id]t gefomnten, biefer ZDeid]Iing, I]at mid] mit IDeine beriid t unb mir im 23cmfd] bas 2(uge geblenbct! 2lber !omm bod] rr>ieber, Obyffeus! Siegmal mill id] bid] als (5aft bermrten, roill 30 bir pom ZHeeresgott fid]crcs (5eleite crfIeB]cn, benn toiffe, id] bin ber 5of]n Pofeibon's. 2tud] fann nur cr, unb !ein 2(nberer mid] I]eilen \" 3 c fe^ a ^ er P n 9 cr an 3^ fcincm Pater Tteptunus 311 bcten, ba or mir bie ]eim!eB]r nid]t r>crgonncn follc. ,,Unb fei]rt er jemals 3urudf/ ; cnbete er, 35 ,,fo fei cs roenigftens fo fpat, fo ungtucflid], fo r>erlaffen als moglid], auf einem frcmben 5d]iffc, nid]t auf bent eigenen ; unb 311 ^au[e treffe er nid]ts als Ienb an \" Darauf ergriff er einen 3meiten, nod] r>iel gro^eren $els* bloerfe^Ite 40 er uns nur um ein XPeniges. Sod] roiberftanben u?ir bent (5egenfto^e ber 5Iut unb ruberten getroft r>ortt)arts, 23alb tr>aren tr>ir aud] rt)ieber bei ber 3 n fcl angefommen, too bie iibrigen Sd]iffe geborgen in ber Bud]t lagen unb bie 5reunbe y fd]on lange traurig am Stranbe gelagert, uns ertoarteten. ENGLISH PARALLEL PASSAGES 73 sight. And instead of being a mighty warrior like myself, 15 as I expected, it now turns out that this Ulysses is a con- temptible stripling who befools me with treacherous wine. But let all be forgotten ! prithee, come back, dear Ulysses, and be my guest. Polyphemus, the son of Neptune, will implore his father to grant thee a safe passage home ! " But 20 as Ulysses would not listen to him, he seized another frag- ment of rock, which he hurled at the ship, and once more he all but hit it. Ulysses, however, and his companions rowed towards a safe bay in the opposite island, where the men in the other ships were anxiously awaiting their return. 2 5 ^ore, KyHop, tuofern bid? ein flerblid?er rbeberoofmer 3emals fragt tint bes 2Iuges erbarmungsrtwrbige Blenbung ; Sag' tfyn : Der Stdbteperroujler (Dbvffeus tjat mid? geblenbet, ar einfi ein prophet, ein Itlann, fo gro unb getoalttg, ^elemos, (utYmos 5ol]n, ber ftmbigfie Seljer ber ^iufunft, DeId?er aHfjier toeiffagenb bei tins K^flopen gealtert. Diefer fprad? x n?ie bas alles bereinfi mtr fcim' in (ErfuIIung, 10 Durd? bes (Dbipffeus ^cinbe beraubt 311 feyn bes artet' id? fiets, ein grower tinb fiottlid?er Kernmann SoIIte bafjer einj! fommen, mit Kraft unb Starfe geriijlet ; Hnb nun I?at fo ein ZHng, fo ein elenber tt)id?t, fo ein n?eid?Itng, IHir mein 2Iuge geblenbet, nad?bem er mit IDein mid? berodltigt ! 15 Komm bod? I^eran, bvffeus ; bamit id? als (Saji bid? betmrtfye, Unb ein (Seleit bir fd?affe vom mdd?tigen Cdnbererfdjiitt'rer ; Denn 3I?m bin id? ein Sofm, unb er riib,mt fid? meinen <2r3euger ! 2tud? rmrb ber mid? Ijeilen, gefdllt es ifym ; ?einer ber 2tnbern, IDeber ein feliger (Sott, nod? ein fierblid?er (Srbeberoorjner* 20 SECOND PART. ENGLISH EXTRACTS FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN. N.B. i. The Number before the Footnotes refers to the number of the line of the text in which the annotated word, phrase, or sentence (in Italics) occurs. 2. Verbs in the Notes marked with * are strong or irregular. 3. For full Vocabulary (in the order of the text} see Appendix. 37. ANECDOTES. A. A master of a ship called down into the hold : " Who is there?" "Will, sir" was the answer. "What are you doing ( 7)." "Nothing, sir!" "Is Tom there?" " Yes," answered Tom. " What are you doing ?" " Help- ing Will, sir !" 5 2. Say Sir Captain. B. A player performing ( 154) the ghost in Hamlet very badly was hissed. After bearing (98, 1 1 1) it a good while, he put the audience in good humour by stepping ( 176) for- ward, and saying, " Ladies and gentlemen, I am extremely sorry that my humble endeavours to please are unsuccess- 5 ful ; but if you are not satisfied, I must give up the ghost." 2. eine eit Icing. J* C. A gentlemen having ( 98) lent a guinea for ( 61) two or three days TO a person whose promises he had not 76 GERMAN COMPOSITION much faith in (62), was very much surprised to find that he very punctually kept his word [with him]. The same gentle- 5 man being ( 98) some time after desirous of borrowing ( 103) a larger sum : "No," said the other, "you have de- ceived me once, and I am resolved (that) you shall not do it a second time" / 7, 8. ntcfjt tmeber. D. A merchant having ( 98) sustained a considerable loss, desired his son not to mention it to anybody. The youth promised silence, but at the same time requested to know what advantage could attend it. " If you divulge this 5 loss," said the father, "we shall have two evils to support instead of one our own grief, and the joy of our neighbours." 2. In this sense eimfdjarfen, with dot. of person. 3. In the sense of lad = ber 3 un 9 e / r 3iincjlmcj ; in the sense of young age = bte 3ugenb. At the same time, lit. 3ugle:ertieft. 14, 15. Here guflucfyt, f. 21. Say when you miss ( 98). to take care, es fid? angelegen fein laffen*. 22. im 2Iuge b el] alien* (with Ace. ) s 41. THE WHISTLE. I. When I was a child, at seven years old, my friends on a holiday, filled my ( 132) pockets with coppers. I went directly to ( 45) a shop where they ( 188) sold toys for children; and being ( 98) charmed with the sound of a whistle that I met by the way in the hands of 5 another boy, I voluntarily offered him all my money for it. ^^ I then came home, and went whistling all over the house, much pleased with ( 74) my whistle, but disturbing all the family J My brothers and sisters and cousins, under-" standing ( 98) the bargain I had made, told me I had 10 given four times as much for it as it was worth. \ This put me in aw/Wwhat ( 134) good things I might have bought with the rest of the money, and they laughed at me so much for ( 61) my folly that I cried with ( 74) vexation; and the reflection gave me more chagrin than the whistle gave 15 me pleasure. \ This however was afterwards of use to me, the impression continuing on my mind, so that often, when I was tempted to buy some unnecessary thing, I said to myself, Don't give too much for the whistle ; and so I saved my money. 20 i. Say in my seventh year ; or turn according to 174. 5. unterroegs, or, im Dorbeigefyen. 8. Say whereby I, however, . . . disturbed . . . 11. as much .. . . as, here = more . . . than. ii, 12. Say Now it occurred (eimf alien*) to me. 13. Say remaining (iibrig). 84 GERMAN COMPOSITION 13. cms'Iadjen, with Ace. of person. 15. Say this afterthought (Hacfjgebanfe, m.) Say caused, or made. 17. 3uftotten fommen*. 17, 18. Say as it made an indelible (unauslofdjltdj) impression on me. II. As I grew up, came into the world, and observed the actions of men, I thought I met ( 74) with many, very many, who gave too much for the whistle, j * * If I knew a miser who gave up every kind of comfort- 5 able living, all the pleasures of doing good to others, all the esteem of his fellow-citizens, and the joys of benevolent friendship, for the sake of accumulating ( 103) wealth, " Poor man," said I, " you pay too much for your whistle." v \Vhen I meet a man of pleasure sacrificing every laud- 10 able improvement of the mind or of his fortune to mere corporeal sensations, and ruining his health in their pursuit, " Mistaken man," say I, " you are providing pain for yourself instead of pleasure ; you give too much for your whistle." If I see one fond of appearance, of fine clothes, fine 15 houses, fine furniture, fine equipages, all above his fortune, for which ( 61) he contracts debts, and ends his career in a prison, " Alas ! " say I, " he has paid dear, very dear, for his whistle." I In short, I conceived that great part of the miseries of 20 mankind were brought upon them by the false estimates they had made of the value of things, and by their giving ( I0 3) to niuch for their whistles. *t B. FRANKLIN. 4. ftd) oerfagen ; or, auf (with Ace. ) . . . Der3tdjt tfyun*. ii. um ibnen 311 frobnen. 15. tnelcfye aile . . . uberftetgen*. 19. that great . . . made of, say that men brought upon themselves (ftcfj 5ii=5teben*) the greatest part of their evils, because they did not know how to estimate. 42. THE VICAR OF WAXEFIELD. I. As we lived near the road, we often had the traveller or stranger visit us to taste our gooseberry wine, for ( 6 1 ) which we had great reputation ; and I profess, with the ENGLISH EXTRACTS 85 veracity of an historian, that I never knew one of them find fault (93) with it. Our cousins, too, even to the 5 fortieth remove, all remembered their affinity, without any help from the herald? s office^ and came very frequently to see us. Some of them did us no great honour by these claims of( = cmf) kindred, as we had the blind, the maimed, and the halt amongst this number. However, my wife 10 always insisted that, as they were (of) the same flesh and blood, they should sit with us at the same table. So that, if we had not very rich, we generally had very happy friends about ( 47) us ; for this remark will hold good through ( = in the) life, that the poorer the guest, the better pleased he is 15 with being treated ; and as some [men] gaze with admiration at the colours of a tulip, or the wing of a butterfly, so I was, by ( = of) nature, an admirer of happy human faces. How- ever, when any one of our relations was found to be a person of very bad character, or one we desired to get rid of ( 46), 2 o upon his leaving my house I ever took care to lend him a riding-coat, or a pair of boots, or sometimes a horse of small value ; and I always had the satisfaction [of finding] he never came back to return them. By this the house was cleared of such as ( 189) we did not like, but never was the 25 family of Wakefield known to turn the traveller or the poor [dependant] out of doors. i, 2. Say travellers and strangers often called on us; (to call upon = einfpredjen* bet). 3. Say we stood in (with dat. ) 5. ettoas barcm aus^ufetjen fyaben. bis 3u (with dat. ) . . . fjerab. 7. ofyne u3ieb,ung bes lDappen=amts. 8. do, here antfjun*, or, ernmfen*. 9. as we had, etc. Say as the blind, etc. . . . found themselves (ftcfy be- ftnben*) among them (bcmmter). 14. ftcfy bctDa^rcn. 15, 16. btc Berotrtuncj ( 99). 19. to be found to be = fid? era>eifen* als (with nom. ) 21. betm 2lbfd?icb ( 67). 24. Say the \things~\ lent, bas (Seltefjene. auf biefe ilrt ; or, baburd; (lit. thereby, 59). 25, 26. I was never known to . . . , cs fann mir nidjt nadjgefagt n?erben, bafc idj . . . 86 GERMAN COMPOSITION II. Thus we lived several years in a state of much happi- ness^ not but that we sometimes had those little rubs which Providence sends to enhance the value of its favours. My orchard was often robbed by schoolboys, and my wife's 5 custards plundered by the cats or the children. The squire would (26) sometimes fall asleep in the most pathetic parts of my sermon, or his lady return my wife's civilities at church with a mutilated curtsey. But we soon got over the uneasiness caused by such accidents, and usually in 10 three or four days began to wonder how they vexed us. O. GOLDSMITH. 1. Say in very happy circumstances. 2. Say though. 8. mtt 011311 pornel|mer Kurse ; or, mtt einem allsu fyocfyndfujen (or, fteifcn) Kntj. 10, ii. Say how they could have vexed us. 43. ROBINSON CRUSOE. I. The way home was comfortable enough after such a voyage as I had been upon, and I reached my old bower in the evening, where I found everything [standing] as I left it ; for I always kept it in good order, being (17 9), as I 5 said, my country-house. I got over the fence, and laid me down in the shade to rest my limbs, for I was very weary, and fell asleep. But judge you, if you can, that read my story, what a surprise I must have been in ( 191), when I was awaked out of my 10 sleep by a voice calling me by [my] name several times : " Robin, Robin, Robin Crusoe ! poor Robin Crusoe ! Where are you, Robin Crusoe? where are you? where have you been?" I was so dead asleep at first, being fatigued with ( 74; 15 rowing, or paddling, as it is called ( 18), the first part of the day, and walking the latter part, that I did not awake thoroughly ; and dozing between sleeping and waking, thought I dreamed that somebody spoke to me; but as the voice continued to repeat, " Robin Crusoe ! Robin ENGLISH EXTRA CTS 87 Crusoe !" at last I began to awake more perfectly, and was 20 at first dreadfully frightened, and started up in the utmost consternation. But no sooner were my eyes open, but I saw my Poll sitting on the top of the hedge, and immedi- ately knew that it was he ( 2) that spoke to me ; for just in such bemoaning language I had used to talk to him ; 25 and he had learned it so perfectly, that he would (62) sit upon my finger, and lay his bill close to my face, and cry, " Poor Robinson Crusoe ! where are you ? How came you here ?" and such things as I had taught him. 2. Say which I had just finished. 14-16. / was . . . , being fatigued . . . that I . . . Say As I was fatigued with, etc. . . . that I was . . . and did not . . . 15-16. Say at the forenoon . . . , at the afternoon. 26. Here griinbltcfy. 29. unb bercjleiefyen mefyr. II. Footprints. It happened one day about noon, going ( 98) towards my boat, that I was exceedingly surprised with ( 74) the print of a man's naked foot on the shore, which was very plain to be seen ( 18) on the sand. I stood like [one] thunderstruck, or as if I had ( 182) seen 5 an apparition. I listened, I looked round me, but I could hear nothing, nor see anything. I went up to a rising ground to look farther ; I went up the shore and down the shore, but it was all one ; I could see no other impression but that "one ( 189). I went to it again to see if there were any I0 more, and to observe if it might not be my fancy ; but there was no room for that ( 61), for there was exactly the print of a foot toes, heel, and every part of a foot. How it came thither I know not, nor ( 157) could I in the least imagine. But after innumerable fluttering thoughts, like a 15 man perfectly confused and out of myself, I came home to my fortification, not feeling, as we say, the ground I went on, but terrified to the last degree, looking behind me at every two or three steps, mistaking every bush and tree, and fancying every stump at a distance to be ( 94) a man. 20 ( 157) is it possible to describe in how many various GERMAN COMPOSITION shapes my affrighted imagination represented things to me,, how many wild ideas were formed every moment in my\ fancy, and what strange unaccountable whimseys came to 25 my ( 132) thoughts by the way. DE FOE. 6. Idiomatically there was nothing to hear . . . nor to see. 8. Say at the shore up and down (cwf unb ab). 11. Here cine Sinnestdufcfyung. 12. Here fetn Jtnlafc 311. 15. Here Ittutmafjungen. 17. tote man 311 facjen pflegt. 17, 18. Say under my feet. 19. Say at (bet) every second or third step. 23. Freely My fancy presented (por^fpiecjeln) to me. 44. PERSEVERANCE. A friend of mine ( 132), a Welsh blacksmith, was twenty- five years old, and could neither read nor write, when he heard a chapter of Robinson Crusoe read aloud ( 1 8) in a farm kitchen. Up to that moment he had sat content, huddled 5 in his ignorance ; but he left that farm another man. There were day-dreams, it appeared ( 115), divine day-dreams, written and printed and bound, and to be bought ( 18) for money and enjoyed at pleasure. Down he sat that day, painfully learned to read Welsh, and returned to borrow 10 ( 89) the book. It had been lost, nor could he find another copy but one that was in English. Down he sat once more, learned English, and at length, and with entire delight, read Robinson Crusoe ! Louis STEVENSON. 4. Say until on this hour. 4, 5. in fetner Untrnffenfyeit bafjimleben. 8. nadj ^er3enslufl. 10. to be lost, Dcrloren geben*, conjugated with fein in compound tenses 13. Say he succeeded (i.e. it succeeded to-him to read}. 45. THE PRODIGY. The baron of Katzenellenbogen had but one child, a daughter ; but nature, when ( 174) she grants but one child, ENGLISH EXTRACTS always compensates by making it ( 34) a prodigy ; and so it was with the daughter of the baron. AlT~the mirscs^ / gossips, and country cousins assured her (41) father that 5 she had not her equal for beauty in all Germany ; and who should know better than they ? She had, moreover, been brought up with great care under the superintendence of two maiden aunts, who had spent some years of their early life at one of the little German courts, and were skilled in 10 all the branches of knowledge necessary to the education of a fine lady ( 128). Under their instructions she became a miracle of accomplishments. By the time she was eighteen, she could embroider to admiration; and had worked whole histories of the saints in tapestry, with such strength of ex- 15 pression in their countenances that they looked like so many souls in purgatory. She could read without great difficulty, and had spelled her way through several church legends, and almost all the nfef^rT wonders of the Heldenbuch. She had even made considerable pro^cioftcy in writing ; could 20 sign her own name without missing ( no) a letter, and so legibly that her aunts could read it without spectacles.^ She excelled in making little elegant good-for-nothing nicTT\ nacks of all kinds ; was versed in the most abstruse dancing of the day ; played a number of airs on the harp and guitar; 25 and knew all the tender ballads of the Minnesingers by heart. WASHINGTON IRVING. 6. she has not her equal for beauty, es gicbt tfjresgleidjen an Scfyonfjeit nirfjt. 7. Instead of the lit. fte, which is here ambiguous, say these. 18. fid? biircfy . . . burifybuc 46. CHAUCER. I. Born 0/"the tradesman class, Chaucer was in every sense of the word one of our finest gentlemen tender, graceful in thought, glad of heart, humorous, and satirical without unkindness, sensitive to ( = for) every change of feeling in himself and others, and therefore full of sympathy ; 5 brave in misfortune, even to mirth, and doing well and with 90 GERMAN COMPOSITION careful honesty all he undertook. His first and great delight was in human nature, and he makes us love the noble characters in his poems and feel with kindliness to- 10 wards the baser and ruder sort. He never sneers, for he had a wide charity, and we can always smile in his pages at ( 53) tne follies and forgive the sins of men. He had a true and chivalrous regard for women, and his wife and he must have been very happy if they fulfilled the ideal he had 15 of marriage. He lived in aristocratic society, and yet he thought him ( 42) the greatest gentleman who was "most vertuous alway, prive, and pert (open), and most entendeth aye to do the gentil dedes that he can." He lived frankly among men, and as we have seen, saw many different types 20 of men, and in his own time filled many parts as a man of the world and of business. Yet, with all this active and observant life, he was commonly very quiet and kept much to himself. The Host in the Tales japes at him for his lonely, abstracted air " Thou lookest as thou wouldest find a hare, And ever on the ground I see thee stare." i. fyerDorsgegangen* cms, with dat. 3. Say of glad heart. 8. Say he found in (-cm). Makes us love, say inspires (eimflofcen) to-us love to . . . 23. cmfatefyen*, with ace. of pers. II. Being a good scholar, he read morning and night alone, and he says that after his office-work he would go home and sit at another book as dumb as a stone, till his look was dazed. While at study and when he was making 5 of songs and ditties, " nothing else that God had made " had any interest for him. There was but one thing that roused him then, and that too he liked to ( 1 1 5) enjoy alone. It was the beauty of the morning and the fields, the woods, and streams, and flowers, and the singing of the little birds. 10 This made his heart full of revel and solace, and when spring came after winter, he rose with the lark and cried, " Farewell, my book and my devotion." He was the first ENGLISH EXTRACTS 91 who made the love of nature a distinct element in our poetry. He was the first who, in spending ( 106) the whole day gazing alone on the daisy, set going that lonely delight 15 in natural scenery which is so special a mark of our later poets. He lived thus a double life, in and out of the world, but never a gloomy one ( 187). For he was fond of mirth and good living, and when he grew towards age, was portly of waist, " no poppet to embrace" But he kept to the 20 end his elfish countenance, the shy, delicate, half mis- chievous face, which looked on men from its gray hair and forked beard, and was set off by his light gray-coloured dress and hood. A knife and inkhorn hung on his dress, we see a rosary in his hand, and when he was alone he 25 walked swiftly. 4. tm Stubium uertieft. 7. Say also that. 19. 311 3 a fy*erc fommen*. 23. beruor=tretm* cms (with dat. ) III. The Canterbury Tales. Of his work it is not easy to speak briefly, because of its great variety. Enough has been said of it, with the exception of his most complete creation, the Canterbury Tales. It will be seen from the dates given above that they were not written at one time. 5 They are not and cannot be looked on as a whole. Many were written independently, and then fitted into the frame- work of the Prologue in 1388. At that time a number more were written, and the rest added at intervals till his death. In fact, the whole thing was done much in the same way 10 as Mr. Tennyson has written his Idylls of the King. The manner in which he knitted them together was very simple and likely to please English people. The holiday excur- sions of the time were the pilgrimages, and the most famous and the pleasantest pilgrimage to go, especially for Lon- 15 doners, was the three or four days' ( 145) journey to see the shrine of St. Thomas at Canterbury. Persons of all ranks in life met and travelled together, starting from a London inn. Chaucer seized on this as the frame in which 92 GERMAN COMPOSITION 20 to set ( 90) his pictures of life. He grouped around the jovial host of the Tabard Inn men and women of every class of society in England, set them on horseback to ride to Canterbury, and made each of them tell a tale. STOPFORD BROOKE. i. Use the plural. 4, 5. Say out-of(aus with dat.} the already said it appears (f]erDor--gef]en*). 8. Say a furtJier number. 22. Say let them ride. 47. CROMWELL'S ARMY. I. In war this strange force was irresistible. The stub- born courage characteristic of the English people ( 128) was, by the system of Cromwell, at once regulated and stimulated. Other leaders have maintained order as strict, 5 other leaders have inspired their followers with zeal as ardent ; but in his camp alone the most rigid discipline was found in company with the fiercest enthusiasm. His troops moved to victory with the precision of machines, while burning ( 98) with the wildest fanaticism of Crusaders. / 10 From ( 64) the time the army was remodelled to ( 45) the time it was disbanded, it never found, either in the British Islands or on the Continent, an enemy who could stand its onset. In England, Scotland, Ireland, Flanders, the Puritan warriors, often surrounded by difficulties, some- 15 times contending against threefold odds, not only never failed to ( 89) conquer, but never failed to destroy and break in pieces whatever force was opposed to them. II. They at length came to regard the day of battle as the day of certain triumph, and marched against the most renowned battalions of Europe with disdainful confidence. Turenne was startled ( 1 8) by the shout of stern exultation 5 with which his English allies advanced to the combat, and expressed the delight of a true soldier when he learned that it was ever the fashion of Cromwell's pikemen to rejoice greatly when they beheld the enemy; and the banished ENGLISH EXTRACTS 93 Cavaliers felt an emotion of national pride when they saw a brigade of their countrymen, outnumbered by foes and 10 abandoned by friends, drive before it in headlong rout the finest infantry of Spain, and force a passage into a counter- scarp which had just been pronounced impregnable by the ablest of the marshals of France. MACAULAY. 48. THE NORMANS. I. The Normans were then the foremost race of Christendom. Their valour and ferocity had made them conspicuous among the rovers whom Scandinavia had sent forth to ravage Western Europe. Their sails were long the terror of both coasts of the Channel. Their arms were 5 repeatedly carried far into the heart of the Carlovingian empire, and were victorious under the walls of Maestricht and Paris. At length one of the feeble heirs of Charlemagne ceded to the strangers a fertile province, watered by a noble river, and contiguous to the sea, which was their favourite 10 element. In that province they founded a mighty state, which gradually extended its influence over the neighbour- ing principalities of Britanny and Maine. Without laying ( no) aside that dauntless valour which had been the terror of every land from the Elbe to the Pyrenees, the Normans 15 rapidly acquired all the knowledge and refinement which they found in the country where they settled. Their courage secured their territory against foreign invasion. They established internal order, such as had been long un- known in the Frank empire. They embraced Christianity 20 and with Christianity they learned a great part of what the clergy had to teach. They abandoned their native speech, and adopted the French tongue, in which the Latin was the predominant element. They speedily raised their new lan- guage to a dignity and importance which it had never before 25 possessed. They found it a barbarous jargon ; they fixed it in writing, and they employed it in legislation, in poetry, and in romance. They renounced that brutal intemperance 94 GERMAN COMPOSITION to which all the other branches of the great German family 30 were too much inclined. 2.6, 27. to fix in writing, als Scfyrtftfpradje regeln. 28. Not Bomcmse here ; say rather II. The polite luxury of the Norman presented a strik- ing contrast to the coarse voracity and drunkenness of his Saxon and Danish neighbours. He loved ( 4) to display his magnificence, not in huge piles of food and hogsbteads 5 of strong drink, but in large and stately edifices, rich armour, gallant horses, choice falcons, well-ordered tournaments, banquets delicate rather than abundant, and wines remark- able rather for their exquisite flavour than for their intoxi- cating power. That chivalrous spirit, which has exercised 10 so powerful an influence on the politics, morals, and manners of all the European nations, was found ( 18) in the highest exaltation among the Norman nobles. Those nobles were distinguished by their graceful bearing and in- sinuating address. They were distinguished also by their 15 skill in negotiation, and by a natural eloquence which they assiduously cultivated. // was the boast of one of their historians that the Norman gentlemen were orators from the cradle. But their chief fame was derived ( 18) from their military exploits. Every country, from the Atlantic 20 Ocean to the Dead Sea, witnessed the prodigies of their discipline and valour. One Norman knight, at the head of a handful of warriors, scattered the Celts of Connaught. Another founded the monarchy of the Two Sicilies, and saw the emperors both of the East and of the West fly 25 before his arms. A third, the Ulysses of the first crusade, was invested by his fellow-soldiers with the sovereignty of Antioch ; and a fourth, the Tancred whose name lives in the great poem of Tasso, was celebrated through Christen- dom as the bravest and most generous of the deliverers of 30 the Holy Sepulchre. The vicinity of so remarkable a people early began to produce an effect on the public mind of England. Before ENGLISH EXTRA CTS 95 the Conquest, English princes received their education in Normandy. English sees and English estates were bestowed on Normans. The French of Normandy was familiarly 35 spoken in the palace of Westminster. The Court of Rouen seems to have been to the Court of Edward the Confessor what the Court of Versailles long afterwards was to the Court of Charles the Second. MACAULAY. 1 6. Say one of their historians boasts. 1 8. Render literally, according to 64 ; or adjectivally geboren. 49. DEATH OF GUSTAVUS ADOLPHUS. For the use of tenses, see 9 (d). I. At last the dreaded morning dawned ; but a thick fog, which lay brooding over all the field, delayed the attack till noon. Kneeling in front of his lines, the King offered up his devotions ; the whole army at the same moment, dropping on their right knees, uplifted a moving 5 hymn, and the field-music accompanied their singing ( in, 112). The King then mounted his horse ; dressed in a "jerkin of buff, with a surtout (for a late wound hindered hiiti, from wearing armour), he rode through the ranks, rousing the courage of his troops to a cheerful confidence, 10 which his own forecasting bosom contradicted. "God with us " was the battle-word of the Swedes ; that of the Imperialists was " Jesus Maria." About eleven o'clock the fog began to break, and Wallenstein's lines became visible. At the same time, too, were seen ( 18) the flames of 15 Liitzen, which the Duke had ordered to be set on fire^ that he might not be outflanked on this side. At length the signal pealed ; the horse dashed forward on the enemy ; the infantry advanced against his trenches. 4. to offer, etc. , feme 2Inbarfjt balten. 7. to mount, etc. , 311 pferbe fletgen. 8, 9. Say allowed him no more to wear . . . 1 6. to set on fire, in rcmb jlecfen. 18. to dash forward on. . . . , gegen . . . fprengen. 96 GERMAN COMPOSITION II. Meanwhile the right wing, led on by the King in person, had fallen on the left wing of the Friedlanders. The first strong onset of the heavy Finland Cuirassiers scattered the light-mounted Poles and Croats, who were 5 stationed here, and their tumultuous flight spread fear and disorder over the rest of the cavalry ( 150). At this moment notice reached the King that his infantry were losing ground, and likely to be driven back from the trenches they had stormed; and also that his left, exposed to a 10 tremendous fire from the Windmills behind Liitzen, could no longer keep their place. With quick decision he com- mitted to Von Horn the task of pursuing the already beaten left wing of the enemy, and himself hastened, at the head of Steinbeck's regiment, to restore the confusion of his 15 own. His gallant horse bore him over the trenches with the speed of lightning^ but the squadrons that came after him could not pass so rapidly, and none but a few horse- men, among whom Franz Albert, Duke of Sachsen- Lauenburg, is mentioned, were alert enough to keep beside 20 him. He galloped right to the place where his infantry was most oppressed ; and while looking round to spy out some weak point on which his attack might be directed, his short-sightedness led him too near the enemy's lines. An Imperial sergeant, observing that every one respectfully 25 made room for the advancing horseman, ordered a musketeer to aim at him. " Fire on him there," cried he; "that must be a man of consequence." 7. Say one informs . . . 8. Say and ran the danger to . . . 15, 16. blitjfdjneH, or pfeU*d}neH. 17. Say only a few. 20. geraben IDegs. 21. am gefdfyrlicfyften bebrdngt. III. The soldier drew his trigger, and the King's left arm was shattered ( 46) by the ball. At this instant his cavalry came galloping up ( 98), and a confused cry of " The King bleeds ! The King is shot ! " spread horror and ENGLISH EXTRA CTS 97 dismay through their ranks. " It is nothing : follow me ! " 5 exclaimed the King, collecting all his strength ; but over- come with ( 74) pain, and on the point of fainting, he desired the Duke of Lauenburg, in French, to take him without notice from the tumult. The Duke then turned with him to the right wing, making ( 174) a wide circuit 10 to conceal this accident from the desponding infantry ; but as they rode along the King received a second bullet through the back, which took from him ( 64) the last remainder of his strength (plur.) "I have [got] enough, brother," said he, with a dying voice ; " haste, save thyself." With I5 these words he sank from his horse ; and here, struck by several other bullets, far from his attendants, he breathed out his life beneath the plundering hands [of a troop] of Croats. His horse flying on without its rider, and bathed in blood ( 128, b\ soon announced to the Swedish cavalry 20 the fall of their King. With wild yells they rush to the spot, to snatch that sacred spoil from the enemy. A deadly fight ensues around the corpse, and the mangled remains are buried under a hill of slain men ( 187). The dreadful tidings ( 129) hasten in a few minutes 25 over all the Swedish army, but instead of deadening the courage of these hardy troops, they rouse it to a fierce consuming fire. Life falls in value, since the holiest of all lives is gone ; and death has now no terrors for the lowly, since it has not spared the anointed head. With 30 the grim fury of lions, the Upland, Smaland, Finnish, East and West Gothland regiments dash a second time upon the left wing of the enemy, which, already making but a feeble opposition to Von Horn, is now utterly driven from the field. 35 7. ber I}ttmad}t (dat. ) nafye. 8. Say in French language. 15, 16. To be rendered literally, or by 3ugleidj. 17. nocij met) rent. far from, say- -forsaken of. 98 GERMAN COMPOSITION 50. SCENES FROM "SHE STOOPS TO CONQUER/' I. Hardcastle. To be plain with you, Kate, I expect the young gentleman I have chosen to be your husbarld from ( 64, d) town this very day. I have his father's letter, in which he informs me his son is set out ( 165). and that 5 he intends to follow himself shortly after. Miss Hardcastle. Indeed ! I wish I had kno 1 ;n some- thing of this before. Bless me, how shall I beha ; ? Ifs a thousand to one I shan't like him ; our meetir ;, f Vill be so formal, and so like a thing of business ( i 9^ that 10 / shall find no room for friendship or esteem. Hard. Depend upon it ( 67), my child, 111 never control your choice; but Mr. Marlow, whom I have pitched upon, is the son of my old friend, Sir Charles Marlow, of whom you have heard me talk so often. The young 15 gentleman has been bred a scholar^ and is designed for an employment in the service of his country. I am told ( 1 8) he is a man of excellent understanding. Miss Hard. Is he ? ( 4). Hard. Very generous. 20 Miss Hard. I believe I shall like him. Hard. Young and brave. Miss Hard. I am sure I shall like him. Hard. And very handsome. Miss Hard. My dear papa, say no more (ki".-i/ig his 25 hand) ; he's mine ; I'll have him. 1. offm (aufridjtig) geftanben ; or, urn gegen birfj offen 311 feiu. 2. fyeute nodj. Render your according to 132. 8, 9. Say / wager . . . against. 10. Say that there can be no question (Hebe) of . . . 12, 13. es auf . . . abgefeben fyaben ; or, tm 2luge babcn. 15. Say had frequented the university. II. Marlow. What a tedious, uncomfortable day [we have had of it] ! We were told it was but forty miles across country, and we have come above threescore. Hastings. And all, Marlow, from ( 64) *'.at unaccount- ENGLISH EXTRACTS 99 able res r, g < f yours ( 190), that would not let us inquire 5 more five, er, y on the way. Mailo . own, Hastings, I am unwilling to lay myself under ( n 'igation to every one I meet, and often stand the chance in unmannerly answer. Hastin^ At present, however, we are not likely to 10 receive any \. swer. Tony Lu pkin. No offence, gentlemen. But I am told you are ino tiring for one Mr. Hardcastle in these parts. Do yoi kac *v what part of the country you are in ? Ha ting; . Not in the least, sir, but should thank you 15 for inf 'ma ion. TOKJ. or the way you came ? Hasting. No, sir; but if you can inform us Tony. Why, gentlemen, if you know neither the road you are gc ng, nor where you are, nor the road you came, 20 the first thing ( 187) I have to inform you is, that you have lost y mr way ! Marloi . We wanted no ghost to tell us that ! ' f , 8. sum Dcmf uerpfltdjtct 311 fein (with dat. of person). , 9. ftdj ber llnannefymltcfjfeit . . . aus^fetjen. ic, ii. Say we shall probably receive no . . . 12. nidjts fiir ungut. i;,. Say after a certain . . . 14. {?* beftnben. Ill Tony 'mpkin. Pray, gentlemen, may I be so bold as to ask ..he pk from whence you came ? Ma-.-low. at's not necessary towards directing ^us where we are to g 2 r . Tony, f .e ; but question for question is all fair, 5 you know . Pray, gentlemen, is not this same Hardcastl -grained, old-fashioned, whimsical fellow, with an u e, a daughter, and a pretty son ? Hasti /e have not seen the gentleman, but he has the famih mention. 10 Tony. daughter, a tall, trapesing, trolloping, talka- tive may ; the son, a pretty, well-bred, agreeable youth, tha 'erybody is fond of? * GERMAN COMPOSITION Mar low. Your information differs in this. The daughter *5 is said to be ( 1 8) well-bred and beautiful ; the son an awkward booby, reared and spoiled at his mother's apron- string. Tony. He he hem ! Then, gentlemen, all I have to tell you is, that you won't reach Mr. Hardcastle's house 20 this night, I believe. Hastings. Unfortunate ! Tony. It's an awfully long, dark, boggy, dirty, danger- ous way. Slings, tell the gentlemen the way to Mr. Hardcastle's! (Winking upon (to) the landlord?) Mr. 25 Hardcastle's of Quagmire Marsh. You understand me ? Landlord. Master Hardcastle's ! Lack-a- daisy, my masters, you're come a deadly deal wrong! When you came to the bottom of the hill, you should have crossed down Squash Lane. 30 Marlow. Cross down Squash Lane ! Landlord. Then you were to keep straight forward till you came to four roads. Marlow. Come to where four roads meet ? Tony. Ay, but you must be sure to take only one of 35 them. Marlow. Oh sir, you are facetious. Tony. Then keeping to the right, you are to go side- ways till you come upon Crackskull Common ; there you must look sharp for the track of the wheel, and go forward 40 till you come to Farmer Murrain's barn. Coming to the farmer's barn, you are to turn to the right, and then to the left, and then to the right about again, till you find out the old mill Marloiu. Why, man ! we could as soon find out the 45 longitude ! i. ftdj erfiifynen. 14. Say runs (lautct) rather otherwise. 3. Say in order to direct. 27. gatt3 auf bem ^ol3n?egc fein. 5. nur rcdjt unb billig. 34. burfen. * Tony Lumpkin, it must be remem- 40. Say When you have reached. bered, is himself the son (or rather 41, 42. redjts . . . linfs. " stepson " ) of Hardcastle. 44. ebenfo l PARALLEL ENGLISH -GERMAN SYNTAX /. THE SIMPLE SENTENCE. A. THE PREDICATIVE RELATION : SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. i. INTRODUCTORY. As in English^ the SUBJECT of a smtence may be a NOUN, or any other part of speech tised substantively : Der Utenfcfy benft ; (Soft lenf t. 3rren tft menfcfyltcfy. (Etnmal tft fetnmaL 3eber ift feines (SIM es Sdmateb. CAUTION An Eng. Verb in -ing, however, standing as Subject, does not answer to the Germ. Fart. Fres. in =cut>, but must be rendered according to 99, 100 : Smoking is not allowed here. Das HdUcfyett tft fyter Utcfyt erlcmbt. Asking is easier than answering. ^ragen tft letcfyter als ant* morten. Obs. With a few verbs, the ENGL. Susy, stands for the GERM. OBJECT, or vice versa : I pity him (i.e. He moves me to pity). ; She has a mind to cry. 3^ r ^P w^&Brfw^- /begin to feel warm. fttmmen bartn iiberetn. (2) but differently from French a PREDICAT. ADJ. does not agree either in Gender or Number : His young sisters are amiable. Seine jtittgen ScfytDeftern finb [Ses j eunes soeurs sont aimables. ] ItebenstDiirbtg. Ofrs. Two or more Joint Subjects, if synonymous or closely connected, may take the Verb in the singular: ITTein etgen ' ^ktfcfy unb 23Iut' D err at mid}. ' ^aus unb ^of ift uerfauft. CAUTIONS (l) Collective Nouns are, as a rule, treated as singular : My family have for centuries been Ilteine ^amtlte fyat fett 3a^r* residing here. fyunberten I^ter gerpo^nt. But if a Subject in the singular is qualified by a Noun in the plural, the Verb may be in the sing, or plur. : : There are our friends. I) a (bort) finb tinf HerevfQ are at last [Fr. Nous void]. 1} t er ftnb tPtr (3) Notice that in Sentences introduced by a Grammatical Sub- ject (i.e. neutral e3, or demonstr. MeS, fcaS) the Verb must agree with the following Logical Subject : They are Germans. ' v (s finb Deutfcfye [Ce sont . . .] These are rare birds. Das finb feltene Dogel* Tliese areQiangts, those are lemons. Dies ftnb 2IpfeIfinen, bas finb 4# : (a) with reference to an ADJECTIVE (or a Noun, etc., used adjec- tively) in a preceding clause : Are you satisfied? We are. Sinb fie 3tlfrteben ? ZEHr finb [Cf. Nous le sommes.] es (or, finb's). Is he the master here ? He is. 3f* er & er ^if^r fy er ? ^ r ift's; 0r, Das ift er, You do not seem happy ! Ste fcfyettten ntcfyt gliicfltcfy 311 Nor am I. fern ! 2Itidj bin tcfy es ntdjt, [Aussi ne le suis-je pas.] Are these English horses ?- Sinb bas englifcfye pferbe ? They are. Das finb fie, Ob s. Vice versa : I have often heard it asserted that ... 3cfj f)abe oft bel]aupten I]6ren, ba . . . (b) with reference to a PRECEDING INFINITIVE : I could not sleep last night ; I e^te (Dortge) Hac^t fyabe t(^ never can when it thunders and ntcfyt fc^Iaf en f onnen ; tc^ lightens. fann es nte, tuenn es bonnert unb blt^t. Can he read?-Yes, he can. Kann erlefen?-| J (<:) w//M reference to a FOLLOWING CLAUSE : Try to convince him that he is Derfucfye es tljn 311 iiber3eugen, wrong. bafj er Unrec^t I doubt if he will come to-morrow. %$ fo$Wttftt tS, (Cf. 163, 164.) 3d ?3 tDetf[ebaran, CAUTION The English way of tacking a query or exclamation to a preceding statement (is he ? is not he ? have I? have I not? will they ? will they not ?) is generally rendered irrespective of person, number, or tense (i) by ntd)t fcmf)*? [Fr. n'est-ce pas?] : I am right, am I not? 3fy ^ a ^ e Hedjt, I am not to blame, am I? Die Scfytllb tft ntdfyt an mtr, ntcfyt ruafyr? or, (2) by an emphatic Adverb (fcorf), U>tfl)f, HC)Uif$r etc. ; cf. 115) : You will come, won't yott? 5tc rperben bod^ fommen? You understand me, don't you ? Dll tterftefyft mid? bod? ? Be quiet, will you? Set bocfy ril^ig 1 He wanted to take us in, didrft he ? (Er rpolite uns gerr> t anfiifyren ! She is mistaken, isn't she ? Ste trrt fid? tD ^ 1 1 104 ORDER OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE 5 5 (a). THE NORMAL ORDER : SUBJECT before VERB. 1 i ) A SIMPLE VERB in a SIMPLE TENSE is, as in English, put after its Subject : Practice makes perfect. Ubung macfyt ben Uteifter. (2) The SEPARABLE Prefix of a COMPOUND VERB in a simple tense is put at the end: 3cf? fcfyreibe ben Brief ab. irb (n)iirbe) foglei^ fommen. Sie oirb (tpiirbe) ir^m fa^reiben. (Er u?irb (tr>iirbe) r^cute angefommen fein. (Er tpirb (n?iirbe) an fie gefcfjrieben I^aben. (b) THE INVERTED ORDER: ADV. VERB SUBJECT. A COMPLEMENT^ or OBJ. , standing at the head of a sentence, at- tracts the inflected Verb, which thus comes to stand before the Subject : Normal Order. | Inverted Order. 1 i ) SIMPLE VERB in a SIMPLE TENSE : Compare 8$ f (tytiefc geftern einen C (Scftern f et geftern ab, etc t (3) VERB (SIMPLE or COMPOUND] in a COMPOUND TENSE: Comp. G* tyrtt foeben feinen (-5oeben^at eif feinen^r. bort angetroffen. ^rcunb bort ange=-j Seinen^r. ^at er foeben bort an getroffen. troffcn. IDort tyat cv foeben f. ^. angetroffen. 6 COMPARATIVE TABLE OF TENSES 105 (4) The Verb in PARENTHETICAL CLAUSES (i.e. Clauses following tipon, or inserted z'n, a Quotation} must stand before its Subject (in Eng- lish before or after] ' Never, ' said he (or, he said], shall ' Httttmcrmefyr, ' f a g t e C r , ' terbe I allow that.' icfy bas 3ulaffett.' (5 ) The Verb in /A TERROGA TIVE SENTENCES stands before its Subject (not only, as in English, with Aiixiliary Verbs , but with all Verbs) : Is that true? Has he done it ? 3f* & as tr>afyr? fjdt er CS - Do you Relieve it? I don't. (8 1 ail b ft bll CS? 3 es tttcfyt. Tire C/is.s O7? 1 MOODS AND TENSES. 6. INTRODUCTORY. German, as compared with English, is defective in tenses, having but one form to express the English Indefinite (or Simple] and Continuous (or Progressive] action in either Present, Post, or Future: (a) PRESENT. Simple (Indefinite] : I write (I do write). \ ^ , . , ,< /. (Progressive} : I am writing. J ^^ l ct ? rett)e Perfect (Accomplished] : I have written. I have been writing. ^) PAST. Simple (Indefinite] : I wrote (I did write). \ / Imperf. (Progressive] : I was writing. I had written. I had been writing. Perfect : I had written. l riting. } (c) FUTURE. Simple (Indefinite] : I shall write. ^ ~ ( 7;;^r/. (Progressive} : I shall be writing. / ~> Perfect : I shall have written. \ ^cf^ t I shall have been writing. / be * and thus the so-called Conditional : I should write. 1 ^ . I should be writing. / ^ *' ^ retben ' I should have written. 1 -,*. I should have been writing. /^ "^ 9^neben Ijaben. io6 PRESENT, AND PRESENT PERFECT 7-8 TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD. 7. Engl. PRESENT (Simple and Progressive] , = (a) GERM. PRESENT: Necessity knows no law. Ztot f ennt fetn (Sebot. ( (Er Iteft eben* He M reading. < 6>ar, tranB id? waters twice a day. baslDaffer 3rx?eimal bes Cages. 0r, (^) as in French, especially in colloq2iial language, = PRESENT PERF. Envy never yet made any one Heib fjdt Ttod? Keinen retd? happy. gemad?t. I expected you. last Thursday. ^4 J| a ^^ 5ie am t>origen Don* nerstag, ertpartet. How long were you in that country? XDie lange finb Sie in jenem anbe gemefen ? He is not the man he once was. iitenbe 6er3tDetfeIung. Per eignen Hettung benft jet^t Keiner mefyr; gleid? nnlben Cigern fed? ten fie; es rei3t ifyr ftarf er XDiber* ftanb bte unfrigen; unb efyer nid?t erfolgt bes Kampfes (Enbe, als bis ber letjte UTann gefallen ift. (SCHILLER.) 10. The English PAST IMPERFECT = German PRETERIT: j- -u t, f3rf? roar gerabe baran 311 lefen,^ r I was reading, when he J ^ / f ~>^ s 3 I als cr 1 3 .ar^tfen be 9 r iff en, J-f- When I entered, he w^j ^/raw- 2IIs id? I|ineinging, n?ar er ing. beim etd?nen. IDA. PRES. PERFECT and PRETERIT (alias Imperfect) compared: The PRETERIT is used (i) relatively ', i.e. ivith reference to another (simultaneous) past action * : etc. ] N.B. It may be added here that the use of the Preterit is decidedly more bookish than that of the Present Perf. , which in southern dialects is used exclusively in colloquial language. )aft bti bid? init beinem ^reunbe iPteber ausgefofynt? ^a, id? fyabe mic^ mit ir^m ausgefofynt. 3^ f a ^ e ^ n / ^ a B ^ irjm Hnred?t getrjan I^atte, unb ging ba^er geftern 2Ibenb 31: i^m. r empftng mid? fe^r freunblid?, mtb trollte port (Entfd?ulbtgungen nid?ts r^oren. 3 n ^ cr ^rinnerting att frii^ere ^eiten r>ergaen irir bas jiingft Pergangene. Ktir3 oir Ijaben unfere alte ^reunb-- fd?aft erneuert. ^WILMANN.) Por biefer inbe fag id? jiingft; ba f am baber r>on Kiignad?t ber I>ogt geritten. Dor biefem ?aufe l^ielt er nmnbernb an; bod? id? er^ub mid? fd?nell; unb untertpiirftg, n)ie fid?'s gebii^rt, trat id? bcm >errn entgegen. *lDeffen tft bies )aus?' fragf er bos* ineinenb, benn er tpu^f es tpof]l. (SCHILLER, W. Tell.) 11-13 PAST PERFECT AND FUTURE 109 IDir fyaben biefen Boben uns erfdjaffen burd? unfrer ^letg, ben alien XPalb 311 etnem Stt3 ber Hlenfdjen umgen>anbelt; bte Brut bes Drad/en fyaben rmr getotet; bie Hebelbecfe fjaben rmr 3errtffen, bte grau tun btefe IDtlbnts fyteng; ben fjarten gefprengt, nj.w. (Ibid.} n. Eng. PAST PERFECT, = Germ. PAST PERFECT: As soon as Constantine had seized Sobalb als ar ber Katfer Karl V descended the steps of his ber ^iinfte bte Stufen femes throne, than he repented of his Cfyrones l)eruntergeftte* abdication. gen, als it^n fetne 2lbbanf ung gereute. 12. FUTURE (Simpler Progressive] as a rule, = (a) Germ. FUTURE: He who sows the wind, will reap EDer IDtnb fa'et, iPtrb Sturm the whirlwind. em ten. You will be handsomely rewarded 3fy r n?^rbet fiir euren (Etfer for your zeal. retdj belor|itt oerben. or (b) if Futurity is clearly indicated or implied, = PRESENT: I hope he will come to see us this 3^? fyff e r ^ a 6 er uns ^ eu ^ 2J& en & evening. (Cf. 7, />.) befud^t (or, befud^en rptrb). How shall I set about it ? tPte f ctng' idfs an ? Cf. also be ( 21), shall ( 23), and will ( 25). 13. FUTURE PERF., as a rule, Germ. FUTURE PERF. We shall have reached the town U)tr tt>erben nod? nor (Ehtbrud} even before nightfall. ber Had^t bte Stabt er retort l^aben. They will have left for Vienna Ste tDerben nod? t?or 3^ nen even before you. nad? JDten t>erretft fetn. Obs. We have seen ( 9, d) that the Germ. Future (Simple or Perf.) may imply probability or conjecture : He must have (probably has) mis- r totrb ftcl? n?of)I oerrectjnet ^aben. calculated, CONDITIONAL AND IMPERATIVE 14-16 14. The CONDITIONAL = Germ. CONDITIONAL, or SUBJUNCTIVE : (a) PRESENT: I should go, \ if it 3<^ roiirbe gefyen ; or, 3d? gtnge, j ir>enn \oMiuouldgo, |-were Diin?iirbeft gefyen; 0r, Z)u gingeft, ? es ett He wotildgo, ) time. < 1 tte. I^n,ar?g 9 ega 9 ngek ' j T ; T , , ... . f \ 3d? tpiirbe gefcbrieben baben; I should have written, tf < ^tjii> p ri** r ( ^ 3as bll tPet^t, but always know what you say. aber w i ff e tmmer was bu fagft. A";zartet. I have (had) come. 3$ fr n (roar) gefommen. They will (would) have come. Sie tuerben (rx>iirben) gefommen fein. but also, in many cases, = (b] the Germ. REFLEXIVE [as in French] ( i ) Exclusively reflexive : We long for home. ItHr fefynen urts nad? ?aufe. He applied for the situation. (r betParb fid? lim bie Stette. Who resists our commands ? IPer tmberfetjt fid? unfern 23e* f efjlen ? He dares too much. ott il^ren Strapasen their fatigues, they set out again. erjjolt fatten, marten fie fid? tDteber auf ben XPeg. We rejoice at your success. )tr fretien nns iiber Beware of offending him. ^iite bid? i^n 311 beletbtgem He pretends to be innocent. OTt ben Romans. Homern 3erftort. Slavery has been abolished in all Die SHdDerei tft in alien cimli* civilised countries. firten Ca'nbern abgefd?afft tporben. The deed had been done by him. Die Cfyat tpar t>on ttmt coK bra4t tporben. The wicked will surely be punished. Die Sofett IP er belt getpift be* ftraft roerben. Their purpose will soon have been 3^ r Porfa^ iPtrb balb Derei 5 defeated. telt rporben feitt. CAUTIONS (1) In English, either the Direct obj. or Indirect obj. of a Verb in the Active Voice may become the Subject of the same Verb in the Passive : Active. We have seen him* They have written to him. Passive. He has been seen by us. He has been written to (by them). But in German (as in French), only the Direct object (ace.} IDtr fyaben ifyn (ace.) gefefyen. (Er ift port uns gefefyen rporben. But ITtan fyat tfym (dat.) gefd?rieben, can only be turned by the Impersonal Passive : (Es ift ifym gefd?rieben rporben. 18 PASSIVE VOICE 113 This radical difference between English and German Construction is all the more important to notice, because a great number of verbs which in English take an Accusative^ require in German a Dative: Compare the Active : They have allowed him wine. ITTan fyat tfyttt X>ettt erlaubt. with the Passive : ( IDein tft tfym erlaubt tporben. Wine has been allowed him. < or, ergebens 1 What shall 7 be thought of? Was tPtrb man t? o n m t r ben? en ? They shall be made an example of. 5 te follen eemplartfcfy beftraft tr>erben. An answeris asked /^(requested). { ^ ^^ w b ^ebetett ; or, [ HTan btttet um 2tnttDort Ts tft nac^ bem 2lr3t gefcfytdft The physician has been sent/0r. J tporben; or, ITTan f|at ben ilt$t ( r|olen laffen ( 61). They were fired at. erfaiif en [a (Cf. House to let ; he is to blame.} vendre]. That was to be foreseen. ( Das rpar roraus3iife^en; [C'etait a prevoir.] | or, Das Itcg fic^ corausfer^en. Your reason deserves to be heard. 3^r (Srunb Idgt fid? I|6ren, There is not a grain of wheat to ** "W .3 errP arten. ( Das iteK ftd? ntd^t ertD arten. That is not to be expressed. Das la gt fid? ntdjt a US f p r e d? c n . TSein at5 ift nic^t 311 er* His twaddle is not to be borne. 1 tragen; or, ift nicr/t jum [ ausljalten. What is (was) to be done ? tDas ift (roar) 311 tfylltt ? (Cf. Engl. Active Infinit. after Adjectives : It is easy fc ja? that . . ., s ijl Ieid?t einsufeljen, ba . . .) 19-20 REFLEXIVE AND RECIPROCAL VERBS 115 (2) after Verbs of ORDERING, CAUSING, GETTING, ALLOWING, SEE- ING, HEARING, etc. (cf. 38) - I have ordered a pair of boots to 3^? fyftbe Tlttr ^ n Paar Sttefet be made. macfyett laffen. [Je me suis fait faire . . .] Caesar caused a bridge to be thrown <&far 1 1 e cine Briicf C iiber ben across the Rhine. HfyetTt fdjlagen. \C,4sax fit jeter un pont . . .] I have often heard it asserted 3^?^ a ^ e oftbefyauptett that . . . ( 4). bag . . . Herodotus called the father of ?erobot 1} eifjt ber Pater ber efcfytcfyte. history. You retftefyen etnanbet (Fr. other}. V un V autre ; les uns les autres}. CAUTION- AS in French, the Reflexive Pronoun also does duty to express Reciprocity, provided no ambiguity arises : They understand one another (each Sie tterftefyen ft dj (or, e t n a n b e r) . other]. [Cf. Fr. Prov. Us s^entendent comme larrons en foire.] The two sisters resemble each other Die betbett Sd^tDeftern gletdjett like two peas. fic^ rote etn (Et bem anbern. [Les deux sceurs se ressemblent comme deux gouttes d'eau.] 1 1 6 A UXILIAR Y VERBS 21 AUXILIARY VERBS. 21 (a). To be, as a rtile, feitt, especially if used 1 i ) absolutely to denote Existence ; or as a Copula : To be or not to be, that is the Setn ober ntd?t fetn, bas tft bie question. ^racje. That is not so. Dem tft ntcfyt fo. The weather is fine. Das IDetter tft fd?on. (2) to form Compound tenses of Verbs of motion in the Active : He is (has) come (arrived, etc.) (r tft gefommen (attcje? Otttmen) . But, (b) to form the PASSIVE VOICE, = U>c*t>Ctt: He is (was) informed of it. (Er tr>trb (nwrbe) bacon benacb- rtdjttgt. They have been betrayed. Ste finb r>erratett ID or ben. Thus also to express TO COME INTO EXISTENCE : Let there be light ! and there was at?e(n) : If I (he) were ill. { ^ ntt ^ *) * m \ *' \XPare (er) td? ?ran!. Were we ever so cautious ... ED a r en tmr aucfy nocfy fo t>or* ficfytig . . . If I were to die (see 21). IDenn id? fterben follte. 22. to have, as a rule, = (a) (i) especially if to possess : (Solb unb Silber fyabe id? nidjt. 0r, (2) atf an Auxiliary, to form the Compound Tenses of all Transi- tive, Reflexive, and most Intransitive Verbs : (Sort fyat bie IX/elt erfc^affen. Ste t^aben ficfy tapfer certeibtgt. But (b) with Verbs of REST) MOTION, CHANGE OF CONDITION, =feitt: Where have you been? tUo finb Ste ^etPefen? He has recovered from his ill- (Er tfi t)0tt fetner Kranffyett ness. genefen* We have met him. EDtr finb tl^m begegnet. What has happened ? IDastftgefcfyefyen? Obs. Not a few Verbs of Motion form their compound tenses either with f ein or fyafcen : With f eitt, if the Verb is complemented by an Adverb of place, answer- ing the questions where f where . . . from ? whence ? whither ? how far ? Dcr Kcwfmcmn tji nadj dp3icj gerctji. r t^ naci? ^aus gerttten. With Ijabcn, irrespective of starting-point or destination : (DbYffeus fjat Ptel gcrei|i. iinfcfyen) Ste? He would have me do it. iirbe es 3fynen fagen, tDenn id? es trmgte. or, if the Verb has a distinctive form for the Subj., (2) SUBJUNCT. Then I i very g ,ad. {^SK i?#fj? ^ . devraif} He should do it at once. erbett tmr trnffen, ob er will come or not. fommen tmrb ober ntdjt. (c) to denote APTNESS, TENDENCY (and hence HABIT, REITERA- TION ; cf. 26) She will sit here for hours together Ste pflegt ftlinbenlang lu'er 311 without saying a word. fttjen, ofyne etn IDort 311 fagen. That won't do. Das gefyttttcfyt* Merit and good breeding will Perbtenft unb gute ebensart make their way everywhere. b rt n 9 e n immer b II r c^ . 26. would : (a) denoting WILLINGNESS, DETERMINATION, WISHING, VOWING, etc. = (i) FRET, of U>oUcn : He would not tell me the truth. a 3tr>att3tg twenty years old. 3afyr alt fein, or, ( 2 ) SUBJUNCTIVE C^, bag er 311 Stmten fommen Oh that he might come to his -j modjte! or, XTtoc^te er boo) senses ! ( 311 Stnnen Bommen 1 AUXILIARY VERBS 28 28. can, could : (a) in the sense TO BE ABLE [Fr. pouvoir\ - ( i } ? iWttCU : Fish can swirr. Die ^tfcfye fonnen fcfyrpimmen. No man can be sure that he will Keitt Utenfcfy fann ficf/er fein, live till to-morrow. ba er bis morgen leben rpirb. I could not (I have not been able}. 3^? ^ a ^ e n ^^ gefonnt. I could not come. 3^? ^ a ^ c tttdjt fommcn fonnen. He will -not be able to return so ;z0zf ; . . . IDenn Sie tpiifjtett, tt>as unr tpiffen; . . . (c) ABILITY (can, to know how to], = f OUUCU [Fr. savoir] Do you know how to do it? Kannft btl bas tl|Un? I do not know how to account for it. Pas I an tt id? mir nid?t crflciren. CAUTION Here notice the peculiar use of f ftmen as applied to languages, lessons, etc. Do you know Latin ? Kottnett Ste Idtetnifcfy ? * Yes, but do as if I did not know it. 3 a > a & cr ^ ut a ^ s ^ ^ es n ^^ fonnte. Does the pupil know his lesson? Kann ber ^ogling feine 2Iuf* gabe ? * * This construction is accounted for by the ellipsis of the Complement- ary Infinitive : Can he speak (understand) Latin? Kannerlatetnifdjfpre^enCuerfie^^etc.)? Can he say his lesson ? Kcitm er feine 2lufgabe fyerfagen ? 29. must: (a) to express ABSOLUTE NECESSITY, = tttilff en : All men must die. 2IIIe ITTenfcfyett miiffen frerben. You must, whether you will or no ! Dtt tnil^t, bll tnagft U>oIIen ober nidjt. Obs. i. Differently from must, tniMTen is not defective in tenses : I have been obliged to go. 3^? fyabe gel^en mfiffen. You will have to do it ( 22). Sie roerben es tfyun miiffen. We had to submit. IDtr mu^ten tins fflgcn. Obs. 2. SURMISE, etc. , is rendered by tnuffen, or the FUTURE [as in French] It must be very late. s mufj (or tmrb rooty) fefyr fpcit fein. You must have been deeply asleep. Sie m ii ff e n in ttef em Sdtjlaf e (perfunf en) He m ust have been prevented. (*'j but, (b) if used negatively, to denote PROHIBITION, = You must not ! Das barfft bu (biirfen Sie) nid^t ! One must not tell lies. ITTan barf ntcfyt 121 A UXILIAR Y VERBS 30-31 30. to wish : (a) with a NOUN- or PRON. -OBJECT, = Untnfcf)CU [Fr. souhaiter] I wish you a good morning. 3fy JDUTtfdje btr Ctnen gtlten ITtorgen. I wish you joy ! 3^ ttJiinfd^e 3^ nen 0UCU; ^, SUBJUNCT. They want to persuade me to buy Ste ttfoUen mtdj iiberreben tl^r their house. fjaus 311 faufen. He wants her for a wife. (Er mocfyte fie geme 31ir ^rail. I want to speak to him. 3cfy mocfyte t^n fpred^en. What do you want of me ? IDas tt>iinfcfyen (rpollen) Ste t)on mtr? You are wanted. [Onvousdemande.] UTan terlangt nad^ 3^ nen Obs. With a following Ace. + Infinit. (cf. 94) They want us to do it. Ste toollen (tDiinf^enX ba toir es tfjim foHen. 3U-32 AUXILIARY VERBS 125 31 A. to need ; in the sense of (a) TO BE (STAND) IN NEED OF, = uotifl tyafcctt (ttywt) ; I do not need his assistance. 3^? fobarf fctnes Betftanbes ntcfyt. I am in great need of a new hat. e t $ (tt> ii ^ t e) bas ntd^t ? (2) /tel drm. (Er macfyt 311 rtel IDefens t?on fetnem (Erfolg, Ste madjten tl^n 3um Kontg. Sic madjt ttjn gliicfltcfy. cr, (Z) according as the Complement may reqiiire, Various other Verbs* You have made a mistake. I shall have a coat made. A made man. I made nothing of it. Don't make such a noise. He makes too much of his success. Obs. Thus factitively ( 42, d] They made him a king. She makes him happy. to make a complaint, Klage fiifyren ; to make sail, Me Segel beifetjen ; to make shipwreck, Sdjiffbrudj Icibcn ; to make a vow, ein (Seliibbe tb,un ; etc. XPoIIen Ste fid? uns cmfcfyltegen? Ittacfyejt Ste mtt? Ste geben gute Seeleute ab. to make war, Krieg fiifyren ; to make peace, 5 r teben fdjltc^cn ; to make a speech, cine Hebe fyalten ; to make resistance, IDiber^anb Iciften ; Will you make one of us ? [Serez-vous des notres ?] They make good sailors. or, (c] if used causatively, see 38, =: taffctt, He made me wait an hour. (Er Ite mtcfy etne Stunbe tparten. He makes him sit down. (Er Id^t tt|tt (fic^) fe^en. * As in the case of to do, 33, it would be going beyond the scope of this book to enumerate all the cases in which to make is to be rendered by another verb than madjcn. 128 AUXILIARY VERBS > 35 35 to e * 5 ^-^ in the sense of (a) TO BECOME, TO GROW, + ADJ., generally = to get well, gefunb tuerben ; it is getting late, es nrirb fpdt ; How tall your boys are getting I to get drunk, fid? betrttt? en ; to get ready, (fid?) f ertig tttad?en ; etc. IDte grog 3^ re ^ol^ne toerben ! (b) TO CAUSE, with a PARTIC. PERF. ( 18) You will get yourself punished. Ste rperben fid? Strafe Get it done for me. Beftellen Ste mir bas. Get you gone ! Sd?ere (pacf e) bid? fort 1 ITtad? bag bu fortfommft. (c) TO PERSUADE, PREVAIL UPON, with an INFINITIVE : I cannot get her to confess it. I got him to tell me the whole story. She got her sister to accompany her. 3d? farm fie ntd?t ba3U brtngen es 311 gefiefjn. 3d? fjabe mir bie gan^e (Sefon t^m er3a'^Ien laffen. Ste Ite fid? ron i^rer Sd?mefter begleiten. (d) TO EARN, GAIN, OBTAIN, PROCURE, RECEIVE, ACQUIRE, etc.~\ to get a cold, ftrf? erfdlten [s'enrhumer] a ticket, ftcf? ein Billet perfdjaffen ; a letter, etnen Brief e to get the day, ben Steg baoontragen ; by heart, austuenbig lernen ; a fall, etnen ^all tfyun ; a livelihood, fetnitusfommen flnben; You will get but little by that. (e) TO REACH, ARRIVE AT, etc. to get home, nacij ?aufe fommen. When shall we get to Paris ? CAUTION 'To have got,' generally Have you got a knife with you ? I have got a new book. Lend me some change ; / have not got any. bread, Brot oerbienen, etc. Daburd? ruerben Ste rpentg gerotnnen* to get into difficulties, in Derlegem fjetten geraten, etc. : IDann ruerben n>ir in parts anfommen ? = J)a(jcn f or fjaben Ste etn UTeffer bet fid? ? 3<^ fyabe ein neues Bud? (be!ommen). eifyen Sie mir etoas fletnes (Selb; ic^ t^abe feins. t The different uses of to get being legion, only the chief meanings can be dealt with. 36-37 VERBS OF SA YING 129 36. to like (to be fond of] - (a) ntdoctt ; 0mt leifcen ntdgcn : I don't like him at all. 3^ ma 9 ^ n 9 ar ntdjt let ben. He did not #& to hear that at all. Das mocfyte er gar ntcfyt fjoren. I should like to know if that is 3^ mocfyte gern unffen, ob bas true. tpaljr ift. I j/fcoflte gem, ttfenn icfy nur were allowed. biirfte. Do what you like, you won't Cfyu' tuas bti ID ill ft, es ttnrb btr succeed. ntd^t geltngen. What do you like best? IDas If a ft bll am Itebften? I should like that very iruch. Das ID are rriir fe^r lieb (er* Obs. In accordance with 115 = the Adverb (jettt : I like to see him. 3^? f*$e ^ gern. Children like playing. 5ie Kinber fpielen gern. ?<*($) e, speech^ in the sense of language ', tongue [Fr. la langue ; le langage] ; $ie SRefclr speech^ in the sense of oration, harangue [Fr. le discours]. Hence, though we may say Deutfcfj (fran3oftfcfy, laut, langfam, etc.) fjwecfycn, or teben f there are not a few cases in which one is preferable to the other : 3on tfyrem (Erfolg. aJ3tuns bteSacfye befprecfyen. IDte etn Bucfy fprecfyen* Ste fcfymatst ben Iteben Cag lang. 2Juffeigern. to brave (defy), frozen. to resemble, gletdjen. to displease, mifcfallen. to resist, tmberflefjen. to distrust, mifjtrauen. to serve, bienen. to flatter, fcfjmetcfjeln. to succeed, nacfjfolgen. to follow, folgen. to be successful, gelingen (impers.) to help, Ijelfen. to thank, banfcn. to imitate, nadjatjmen. to threaten, broken. to meet, begecjnen. to yield, toeicijen. N.B. For Verbs after which the sign of the Dative (to} may be dis- pensed with in English, but not in German, see 42. Heaven helps those who help them- Der ^tmmel fytlft ben en, bte selves. ficfy felbft fyelfen. Answer me by return of post. 2lntu?orten 5ie mir nttt umge* I^enber Poft* Justice is denied him. UTcm t>etfagt tfjm Hecr/t, Allow me to tell you that you are (Erlcmben Ste mir 3^nen 311 wrong. fagen, bap Ste unrest fyaben. Fortune favours him. Das (Sliicf tft tr|m l^olb. (2) ENGL. ACCUSATIVE = GERM. GENITIVE (mostly with Re- flexive Verbs) to boast, ftcfy riifymen. j to recollect, ftclj erinnern. to enjoy, ftdj erfreuen. ! to remember, f^cfy beflnnen. I don't remember him. 3<^ ertnnere mtcfy fetner ntcr/t. and a few others, as to need, bcbiirfen; to nurse, pflegen; to forget, t>er* gcffen ; with Genitive generally only in poetic diction : Forget me not ! Dergifj mem (i.e. tnemer) ttirfjt! (3) ENGL. A ecus. = GERM. PREPOS. + NOUN IN Ace., or DAT. to ask, bitten urn, with ace. to adjoin, flofjen an, with ace. to encounter, ftofjen cmf, with ace. to enter, etmtreten in, with ace. | to mount (ascend), fletgen cwf, with ace. to want, need, ITCangel fyaben an, with dat. 134 DOUBLE ACCUSATIVE 42 42. English DOUBLE ACCUSATIVE (or, DIRECT OBJ. with APPOSI- TIVE COMPLEMENT} may be rendered (a) with Verbs of TEACHING, ASKING, CALLING, etc., by DOUBLE Ace. Have you nothing to ask me ? fjaben Sie mid? nid?ts 311 fragen ? Who has taught you such tricks ? XDcr fjat bid? fold?e Streid?e gelefyrt ? He called me his friend. en mit of the desert. Hed?t ben Konig ber IDiifie. (b] with most other Verbs, by DAT. OF PERS. + Ace. OF THE THING : Keep him company till I return. eiften Sie ifym iinfd?en bir (SIM. Under this head come Verbs of giving, telling, showing, owing, wishing, etc., which in English axe freely used with a Double Ace., especially if the Obj. denoting the Person is put before the Object denoting the Thing : I owe everything to him. \ 3^? t?erbattfe ifym 21Hes. I owe him everything. ) [Fr. Je lui dois tout.] She left them all her property. Sie t>ermaon polen. The Emperor appointed Prince Der ICatfer ernannte ben ^iirftett Bismarf 31tm Heid)S?an3ler. Bismarck Imperial Chancellor. Bismarf 31t Who made you a judge between us? IPer fjat btcfy 3lim 3tmf4en uns gemacfyt ? It affords me great pleasure to in- (s geretcfytmtr 3iim Pergniigen form you that . . . 3fynen mtt3titeilett, ba^ . . . * Notice the use of the Def. Article (311 bent). 43. The ADVERBIAL COMPLEMENT is put in the ACCUSATIVE : (a) in answer to WHEN? (i.e. definite point of time} Monday, the seventh of January. ITtotttag, ben fiebten 3 anuar * But notice also the use of an with Dative : 21m 28ften 2IllcjufL Obs. Indefinite time is generally expressed by the genitive infiexion, 62, b. (b) in answer to HOW LONG? (i.e. duration of time] He sings the whole day long. (Er ftngt ben gan3en (Eaolf pfunb. We have received no answer to Dtr r^aben feme 2Intu>ort ailf our letter. unferen Brief errjalten. That is grist to his mill. Das tft IDaffer auf feine HtiiI|Ie. This relates (refers) to him. Dies be3tef|t fid? ailf ifyn. Don't listen to him. l^oren Sie ntcf^t auf t^n, I drink to your health, 3fy trinf e auf 3^re (Sefunb^ett, I shall come to the minute. 3fy o^tbe aufbiellttnute fommen. (/) in the sense of AS COMPARED WITH, {JCflCrt, with ACCUSATIVE : You are but a bungler to him. Du bift nur etn pfufd^er gegen i(^n (or, tf|m gegeniiber)* It is twenty to one. an3tg gegen eins. (g) in the sense of BEFORE, = fco?, with DA TIVE : She bowed to him. Ste sernetgte fid? t>or tr|m. Obs. 2M is often used to strengthen other Prepositions \\i\aejusque'] The dog was faithful to death. Der ^unb tar bis 3itm Cobe getreit. We were wet to the skin. IDtr taren bis auf bie ^aut burdj* nd^t [tremp^s jusqu'aux os]. We followed them to the very gate. IDir folgtcn itjnen bis or bas CI]or. All perished to the last man. 2lu"e, bis auf ben lefcten ttlann, famen urn. 138 INDIRECT OBJECT 46 46. THE INDIRECT OBJECT OR COMPLEMENT GOVERNED BY of : (a) in most cases not mentioned farther on, = PURE GENITIVE ( i ) as SECONDARY OBJ. (generally along with a Dir. Obj. of the person], after transitive Verbs of ' separating ; depriving, accusing^ assuring, participating, reflecting,* etc. This accident deprived us of all Dtefer llnfatl beraubte uns hope. aller l^offnung, The Emperor's death rid the Swiss Des Kaifer's Cob entlebtgte of a great fear. bte Scfytr>et3er enter grofjen They accuse Wallenstein of high Utan f lagt ben IDallenftetn treason. bes ^ocfyoerrats an, The fox assured the cock erfid?erte ben friendship. l^afyn fetner Thus especially after many REFLEXIVE VERBS of a like meaning Think better of it. Bebenfe bid? eines Beffern. The besiegers took possession of the Die Belagerer bemadjtigten fortress. ftcfy ber Defiling. CAUTION Many intransitive Verbs which originally governed the Genitive are now in prose used with the Accusative, or with a Preposi- tion> in preference to the Genitive, which still obtains in poetry, and standing phrases : Das IPetb bebarf in Krtegesnoten bes Befcfyiit^ers* (Sch.) Utancfyer Dieter tft ^lingers geftorben. (See 41, b, 2.) (2) as COMPLEMENT OF ADJECTIVES denoting 'participation, recollection, fullness, desire, etc. ; and their opposites privation, inno- cence, need, disgust J etc. Was Wallenstein guilty of high XDar IDallenftetn bes ^o<^ treason? t>errats fc^ulbtg? The king is mindful of your ser- Der Konig tft 3fyrer Dtenfte vices. eingebenf. The creditors are tired of waiting * Die (SIdubtger finb bes XX) a r* tens miibe. I am sure ofthelzct. 3^? ^ n ^ er 5ad?e ftcfyer. That is unworthy of him. D as tft fetner unipiirbia,* Obs. i. The neuter Ace. e3, in such phrases as 3d? fyabe cs fatt (I am sick of-it], is originally a genitive mistaken for an A ecus. which mistake has led to the anomalous use of the Ace. after a few Adjectives construed with tjaben, fcin, n?erben. Obs. 2. After ooH, the Noun is generally put in the Genit. only if quali- fied by an Adj. otf (Selb. * For the Verbal Noun in -ing governed by of, see 103. 46 INDIRECT OBJECT 139 (b) in the sense of ABOUT, WITH RESPECT TO, = turn, with DATIVE : Have you informed him of it ? fjaft btt ifyn bat? on benacfyricfy* tigt? Do you speak of the war? Sprecfyen Ste r>on bem Krtege? What do you think of him ? Was benfen (fyalten) Sie r>on ifym? This book treats on ben man. menfcfylicfyen pflicfyten. Little Snow-white was the fairest Scfyneettfittcfyen IDQt bie fcfyb'nfte of all t>on (unter) alien* (c\ after Verbs of THINKING, ~\ .,, A ^ ' J j r J . 7 f <*tt, *W -<4cC' ^ r DATIVE: and a few others, ) Think of me ! Z)en!e an mid? ! (poet, (Sebenfe metn.) I doubt (of) it. 3^? 3n>etfte baran. He died of dysentery. or irjm ! He was the hero of all others. or ! 48-49 PREPOSITIONS 141 4& above, in the sense of (a) higher than 1 I ) in answer to WHERE ? = it&Ct , with DA TIVE : The sun was just above the horizon. Die Sonne oar gerabe iiber bent Bort3ont. Mont Blanc is 15,000 feet above Der UTontblanc tft J 5,000 $n$ the level of the sea. iiber ber UTeeresflacfye. An emperor is above a king. (Etn Katfer tft iiber etnem Kontg. (2) in answer to WHITHER? n&Ct, with ACCUSATIVE: The balloon has risen above the Der itftballon tft iiber bte clouds. XDoIfen gefttegen. Obs. Thus, in the sense of more than : Above eighteen months. Uber anbertfjalb 3 a ^- (b) in preference to, In Switzerland the nobility have no privileges above other citizens. Above all, patience ! (c) superior to (figuratively) He is above such things. = \>0v, with DATIVE: 3n ber Sdjn>et3 fjat ber 2IbeI fetne Porrec^te r>or anbern Biirgern. Por allem, (Sebulb I r fetjt ftcfj iiber fo ettpas fytn Don ? t be above taking advice. You are above me in this subject. Set ntcfyt 311 ftol3 Hat an3unefj< men. 3n btefem ^acr^e btft bu mtr iiberlegen. N.B. As an Adverb, or with Ellipse of Complement : Seven years and above. Steben 3ab,re unb bariiber. Over and above. 0ben brein. Hod? basu. 49. after. With respect to TIME, SPACE, RANK, AIM, CONFORMITY, She arrived after him. Run after him. Day after day. After the French fashion. I strive after fame. Obs. Buttress after buttress gave way. What are you after? with the DA TIVE : Ste font nacfy tfmt an. auf tfym nacfy. (Etn Cag nacfy bent anbern. Hacfy ber fran3ofifdjen HTobe. 3cfy ftrebe i pfeiler an pfetler (ein pf. naclj bem anbern) 3erb.radj. Was fjaben Ste por ? 142 PREPOSITIONS 50-52 50. against. (a) in its literal sense : He who is not for me is against tDer ntcfyt fiir mid? tft, tft gegen me. (tpiber) micfy. Against the wind. Dem Strome entgegen* He did it against his will. ie riel Ufyr tpirft bu f ommen ? I shall come at noon. 3$ tperbe tint lltittag f ommen. At daybreak we shall set out. HTit (bei) (Eacjesanbrucfy cerreifen This flower will bloom at Easter. ZHefe Blttme oirb 311 ftern blii^en. You are welcome at any time. Sie finb 311 jeber eit oillf ommen. At these words she began to Bei biefen XDorten fiencj fie an weep bitterly. bitterlicfy 311 tpeinen. 144 PREPOSITIONS 54-57 54. before, referring to (a) time, place, or rank, = fcot, with DATIVE: He arrived before me. or mir an* Pride goes before destruction. fjocfymut fomtnt t>or bent ^alle. The fountain is before the house. Der Brmtnen tft nor bent fjaitfe. (b) motion towards a place, = fcot?, with ACCUSATIVE: (lit. Den IDagen nor bas pferb To put the cart before the horse. j fpannen. Idiom. Die Pferbe ( Winter ben IDagen fpannen. To cast pearls before swine. perlen nor bte Sciue tnerfen. Obs. Adverb of time or place : I knew that before, 5as roufcte tc!j corner. Go before, <5efy' poran. Subordinate Conjunction ( 174) We started before the sun rose. JDir oerreiflcn, beoor bieSonne aufging. 55. behind. The garden is behind the house. Der (Sarten tft fytnter bem Baufe* Let us go behind the house. (Serjen rptr ^tnter bas ^aus. I am behind you in this subject. 3^? ftefye 3^nen in btefem ^ad^e nad?. You are behindhand. Sie finb tm Hiicfftanbe. 56. beside, besides. Come and sit beside me. Komm Mtb fe^e btc^ neb en nttr. He stood beside vie. orbeu Stand by me ! Stefyen Siemtrbetl Obs. He was sitting by my side. r fafj mir 3iir Seite ( 56). (b) implying INSTRUMENT- \ fcei, an r t>Ult 'with DAT. ; or, ALITY, or AGENCY: j" tnt(^ wzV^ ^cc. He took her by the hand. ( bag er fd^ulbtg tfh Take an example by him. Htmm etn Betfptel an tfym. I recognised her by her gait 3^ erfannte fie am (Sange. By what I know, . . . Had? bem, tr>as ia^ roeig, . . . He is wrong by his own account. Had? feinem eignen Beria^te I^at er Unrecfyt. It was done by her order. ei. II by hundreds, 311 1}unberten, etc. (g) implying POINT OF TIME (at, until} He will be here by ten o'clock. (Er rmrb tint 3efyn Ufyr fyier fein. By this time fortnight. petite iiber r>ier3efjit dage. The new line will be ready by Die netie Bafynlinie tPtrb bis July, (7^) implying INDEFINITE TIME (about) By break of day. Bei Cagesanbrud?. 60-61 PREPOSITIONS 147 60. down. From the summit we saw an Dom (Stpfel fdfyen IDtr etne avalanche rolling down the atDtttC ben 23 erg l)tual> mountain. (fyimttttc?) ftiir^en. From the bottom of the valley we Vom (Efyatcjrunb fallen nnr etne saw an avalanche rolling down cm?ine ben 23erg f)C?UUtC? the mountain. (l)Ctak) ftiir^en. Thus adverbially : Come down to us (here). Komm fjerab (or, fyerunter). Go down (there). (Sefy fytnab (or, fyinunter). 61. for. (a) as a rule rendered by f ftt, with Ace. ; in the sense of- in behalf (favour) of: They fight Sic Mmpfen fur aus unb ^of for hearth and home. wtih a view to : He works for glory. iinfd?e ntc^ts 3efferes, Qe ne demande pas mieux.] What are you looking for ? Was f lichen Ste? You will have to answer for that. Das unrft bu t>eranttr>orten miiffen, (c) to express ADVANTAGE or DISADVANTAGE, by PURE DATIVE: Free is the road for the wanderer. ^rei tft bent IDanberer ber IDe^. You are no matcher him. T)tt btft t^m ntc^t (jerpadjfen. What is sauce for the goose, is IDas bent einen redjt tft, tft bent sauce for the gander. Cinbern btlltg. It would have been better for me IKtr tPCire bejfer, tcfy rpare nte had I never been born ! (jeboren ! My native lander me !* 34 ^^ e m ^ r me ^n ^etmatlanb ! Thus to express DUTY, PART, etc. It is not for me to express an or Sc^Itl^en fetn IPort fyeroorbringen. (^) to express ON ACCOUNT OF, = toegett, with DATIVE : Robin Hood was renowned for his Hobtn I?0ob n>ar rr>ecjen feiner adventures. ^benteuer berii^mt. The Bay of Biscay is a sea famous Der 23lifen ton Btsfaya tft ein for its storms. burcfy (or, tpegen feiner) Stiirme beriicfyttcjtes Ilteer, Obs. Notice the place of fregen before or after the Noun : r tmrb WCQCU feiner Cugenb (or, feiner Cugenb U)C(jcn) geadjtet. Thus meinettoegen, for my sake, for aught I care; con 2tmts npegen, by authority. 61 PREPOSITIONS 149 (h) to express BY REASON OF, BECAUSE OF, = er3td?ten* For this reason I don't believe it. 2Ill5 btefem (Smnbe glaube tcfy es ntcfyt. (i) to express IN SPITE OF, = For all that I could say. A man's a man, for all that. I don't fear that bully for all his swearing. with DATIVE (or, Crotj attem, was tcfy fagen mocfyte. (Etn UTann tft etn Htann, tro^ allebem unb allebem. 3ter3el|n Cage in bte (nacfy ber) et^e mtr betn gruetrab auf aa^t Cage. 3d? roarte auf 5te Hun barauf los 1 tt)tr tnanberten smansig IHeilen toe it. Was mid? bctrifft, . . . So mel tcij tei^. 3d? meinesteils nidjt. IHetnettDegen mag er ftd? fdjeren. 3m ilbrigen j ubrigcns. Kampfbereit. PREPOSITIONS 62 62. in. (a) in answer to WHITHER? 1 = ittr ivitkAcc. (motion towards), WHERETO? WHERE? / or with DATIVE (rest] The street ends in a blind alley. ZHe (Saffe ettbet (enbtgt) in einen Sac!. I will not engage in this quarrel. 3^? w }& m ^ n ^^ * n btefen Strett etnlaffen* The birds are in the cage. ZHe Dogel finb tm Kaftg. I shall pass this winter in. town. 3^? roerbe btefen IDtnter in ber Stabt 3ubrtngen. Obs. Notice, however:- In the open air. Hnter fretem ^tmmel. The book is in the press. Das Sud? iji unter ber preffe. He is not in his senses. <2r t|l ntdjt bet Sinnen. I found him in good health. 3^ * ra f il?n ^ e i 9"ter (Sefunbljett an. Joy sparkled in his eyes. Die^reubefunfelte il]m aus CAUTION Notice especially the use of auf (with Ace. or Dat.) to denote "resorting to," or "residence at," public establishments, or localities accessible to all : He lives in the country (not in (r lebt auf bent anbe [a la town). campagne]. The councillors are in the town hall. Die Hatsfyerren finb auf bem Hatfyaus* Thus auf bem (Symnaflum; auf bem (up at) Scfytog; auf ber Sternruarte (Borfe, Strage, etc.); auf ber Dacfyftube (but tm Keller) ; auf fretem (Jelbe, auf ber Welt, etc. Notice also In this way (manner, etc.) 2Iuf btefe IDetfe (ilrt). In the very act. 2luf frifcijer ^at. What do you call that in German ? tt)ie fyeifjt bas auf Deutfdj ? He takes pride in his ancestors. ur^ ben in Sd?u>etne t>ern>anbelt. Uberfe^e bas tns Deutfd?e. r brad? i n ein lautes ) to denote TENDENCY, DIRECTION, = $u, with DATIVE : The soap-bubble has dwindled Die Setfenblafe tft 3U into nothing. It has grown into a habit with him. Vapours are condensed into dew. Obs. i. Our windows look into the square. (a) as a rule, Let us go into the garden. He flew into a passion. The companions of Ulysses were transformed into swine. Translate that into German. Obs. He burst into a horse-laugh. The fox fell into the well. getoorben. Qfs tft tfmt getDorben. Diinfte u>erben 3U Cau r>erbtd?tet. That happened before I came into the world, said the lamb. Unfere &nftet gefyen auf ben platj. [Nos fenelres donnent surla. place.] Das gefd?aij, beuor id? auf bie G?elt fam, fagte bas amm. Obs. 2. Notice the peculiar use of INTO with factitive force : He has frightened him into yield- ermod?t. They have led him into the belief. . . Sie fyaben if}n sum (Slauben Derleitet . . . I shall coax him into consenting. 3d? toerbe ifym feine on r|ter nacfy Bonbon. I cannot distinguish one from the 3^? fatttt fk tlidjt t>on einanber other. unterfcfyetben. This version differs from the Dtefe ejeart rpetcr/t ron ber other. anbern ab. Have you recovered from the fjaft bu btcfy con bem Scfyrecf en shock? erfyolt? The scales fell from his eyes. Die Scfytlppen ftelen tfym t?on ben 2Jugen. 06s. i. He is very farfrom being rich. on Sbinblirg rpurbe the invaders by a stratagem. ben 2lncjretfern btircfy etne Kriegsltft entrtffen, He wrested my kingdom from me. (Er entri^ mtr metn Kotttcjretcfy. [Cf. Lat. Regnum mihi eripuit.j (c\ 'after Verbs and Adjs. denoting PROTECTION, APPREHENSION, etc. = bov, with DATIVE: Defend me from my friends, etc. Scfyiitje micfy ror metnen (Jreun ben; mtt metnen ^Jetnben mill tcfy fcf^on ferttg roerben. Preserve me from the toothache ! Befjiite mid? t?pr ar|nme!| I You need not hide yourself from Du brcmcfyft btc^ flor mtt ntc^t me. 311 serbergen. She thought herself safe from his Ste glaubte ficf^'cor fetnen Per- pursuit. folgungen fic^er. 65 PREPOSITIONS 153 (d) after Verbs denoting EXTRACTION, ORIGIN, and hence, Jig. MOTIVE, CAUSE OF FEELING, = att r with DATIVE: - The landlord took a glass from the Det XX)trt nafym ettt (Slas QllS cupboard. bent Scfyranfe. I do it from a wish to please 3^ ^ ue es aus & e you. bir 311 gefatten* That I know from experience. Das U?ei id} ailS (H or, He surfers from gout (rheu-
on. with DATIVE (comple- (a) in the sense of AWAY FROM, \ ' , , AJ i\ 9 \ mented by an Adverb} The village is a mile off the road. Das Dorf tft etne Uteile ber Strage entf ernt. You are quite off the scent. Dtt bift gan3 t) o n ber Spur it) e g. A ship appeared off Land's End. on anbsenb. (b] with Verbs of TAKING OFF, \ = Separable Prefix a&*, or PULLING, etc. } tefye betne Sttefel aus. He took his hat off. r 309 Ijofltdj feinen fjut ab. Obs. Be never off your guard. Set flets auf ber f?ut. He threw him off his guard. eit tft cms ben Der patient' tft nocfy ntcfyt auger (Sefafyr* (Er tft auger fetnem etgen <8olb* Bet metner TInfunft (2Ibretfe, On my arrival (departure, etc. ) Obs. Puss put on the ogre's boots. etc.) Der Kater 309 bes (Dgers Stiefel an. N.B. For on with a Verb in -ing, see 108. (d) in the sense of OVER, CON-} ^ .^ AccuSATIVE : __ CERNING etc., / Have you agreed on this point ? fjabt tfyr eild? iiber btefen Punft cjeetmgt ? His blood come upon us ! Sein 23Iut fomme iiber uns. Obs. A few Verbs, Adjectives, and Adverbial Phrases are construed with various other Prepositions : to live on, leben (ftcfj ncibren) r>on ... It to congratulate on, glii^tDunfdjen 311 . . . to impose on, betrugen/ anfiifjren (ace.). II to set on fire, in Branb fterfen, etc. on purpose, nut ^letfj; Dorfa^Iicij. on pain of, bei Strafe (with gen. ) on the contrary, im (Segentetl. on foot, on the right hand, 3ur Hecfyten (red?ts). on horseback, 311 Pferb, etc. 156 PREPOSITIONS 68. over. (a) in the sense of 'ABOVE ', = ufcc?, with DATIVE or A ecus. The picture hangs over my desk. Qas Btlb fyangt iiber metncm pulte. Hang the picture over my desk. Ba'ncje bas 23ilb iiber mcin pult. The branches hang over the wall. Die 2ifte fjcmgen iiber bte UTatier fyeriiber. We walked over the ice. Dir gtngen iiber bas mjletcfyen mtt to associate with, umgefyen mtt to endow with, cwsftatten (begaben) mtt content (satisfied) with, 3tifrteben mit, etc. But (b\ to denote CAUSE (mental or\ ., 7 n v ' . 7 . 7 f o Ax I- = bQVf with DATIVE: physical} cf. 66) J He trembled with emotion. egiittc$ They were mad with joy. Ste tparen toll t>or ( He has grown gray with years. (r tft r>or filter grail getPOrben. Thus to blush with, erroten uor II stiff with cold, iictf t>or Kdlte. to faint with, perfdjmacijtcn or II transported with, cmfjer ftd? por, etc. Obs. She is displeased with you. Ste tji mtgefyalten auf bid?. He is angry with me. on uns. With all my heart. Don ga^em ^er3en. The meadow teems with bees. Die iSiefe tmmmelt t?on Btenen. Thus thirsty with walking ; burftig t>om dizzy with dancing ; font Can3en 75 PREPOSITIONS 159 (d) in a few idiomatic expressions ', = PURE DATIVE : So it is (the case) with me. What is the matter with you ? Thus also with a few Verbs : Have you met with him ? This meat does not agree with me. I will comply with your wish. So gefyt es mtr. lPasferi[t(tft)btr? Stnb Ste tfym begegnet ? ZHefes ^leifd? befyagt mir ntd?t. 3 (Er lefynte fid? an bie IDanb. (Er ftefyt aufred?t an ber IPanb. 3ofynt auf feinen (Siitern. gereift. (Er ift auf ben Ball etngelaben. 2luf bent Balle gef|t es luftig 3u. 3ft er auf bie Borfe gegangen ? 3 a ' ^ie tt>erben tf^n auf ber Borfe antreffen. (Er f^at ben Xtagel auf ben Kopf 3^ re ^faftdjt beru^t auf einem getroffen. 3 rr ^ um M 1 62 PREPOSITIONS WITH ACC. OR DAT. 79 (2) after Verbs of l heeding, aiming, intending, reckoning, estimating"* : Uterfe ((Sib ad?t) auf meine (Er folgte mir auf bem ^ue XPorte, nad?, Der (Sauner ftnnt auf einen Der Dieb ttwrbe auf frifd?er fd?Iimmen Streid?. dfyat ertappt. Befinne bid? bod? auf ein tltitteL Cfyue es auf ber Steile. Sein Permogen unrb auf eine Der Sd?afer blaft auf ber , million gefd?at$t. (3) with respect to future time or contingencies : 3d? freue mid? auf meinen (Seburtstag. 2Juf rr>eld?en (tag ift bas ^eft angefe^t ? IDage es auf gut (Sliicf . 2luf jeben ^all. But, 3n jebem ^ 2Iuf bie (5efa^r fn'n 3U ertrinlen, 2Iuf Cob unb eben lampfen* 3d? bin auf bas 5d?Iimmfte gefa^t, r entfernte fid? auf Iur3e eit. (c) in answer to HOW? IN WHAT MANNER (DEGREE] ? 2Juf biefe ZPeife oirb es bir gelingen. 3d? rpar auf bas angenefymfte iiberrafc^t* (d] in answer to IN CONSEQUENCE OF WHAT? 2Iuf bas (Sefd?rei fam er fjin3u. 2luf fjo'fyern Befell, Die (Eid?e fallt nid?t auf einen f?ieb. Obs. Thus to denote rapid succession: IHann auf ITlann. IHinutc auf minute perget)t. 79. WITH ACCUSATIVE : l)intct: WITH DATIVE: (a) in answer to the question WHITHER? WHERETO? () in answer to the question WHERE? (cf. 55) (Sefy ^inter bas l^aiis. Der (Sarten ift fytnter bem ?aufe. (Er ^at mia^ ^inter's id?t ^inter ben Bergen I^aufen aud? gefiil^rt, eute. 34 ^i n ^inter bas (5ef|eimni (Es ftetft mefyr l^inter if^m als gefommen, Sie oermuten. Das l^etgt bas pferb l^tnter ben 3<^ ^ e f fyittter i^m I|er. I was IDagen fpannen, running along behind him. That is putting the cart before (Not I pursued him, which is the horse. 3^? Kef ifym nad?.) !ftad? bier/ bod? enblid? fyinter bie Die (Sensbarmen finb fytnter if?m 2Irbeit l^er I Now do set to work ! fyer. The police are at his heels. f?inter bie 5d?ule gefjen. ^inter ber ITtauer To play truant. fpringen, Sd?reib' bir bas I^inter bie (Dfyren* (Er I^at's ^inter ben Ofyren. Make a note of that. He is a slyboots. 80-81 PREPOSITIONS WITH ACC. OR DAT. 163 8o. WITH ACCUSATIVE : in: (a) in answer to WHITHER? INTO WHAT? WHEREUNTO? (Siege IDein in bas (Slas, Sie fteigt eben in ben Dagen. IDas fyat bir ber Bar ins (Dfjr gefagt ? Die Huinen finb in Staub 3er= fallen, Dasfommtmtr nidjt in ben Sinn, 3n ttefe (Sebanfen r>erfun!en, 3n groge Sdjulben geraten Ceile bies in brei Ceile, ot's IPeib tpurbe in eine faille r>ertpanbelt, 3n bittere C^ranen 3erfliegen. ITtan mug fid? ins ttnnermetblicfye fiigen, (Cf. 62-63.) WITH DATIVE : (b] in answer to WHERE? IN WHAT? WHEREIN? oljnft im (d) in answer to UNTIL WHEN? HOW FAR? (especially with bis fyinein) Die Dorftetlung bauerte bis tief in bte Hac^t (|inetn (Setreii bis in ben Cob, (e) in answer to WHEN? WITHIN WHAT TIME ? 3n ber Hacfyt (but am Cage) fcfyeint ber UTonb. 3n acf^t Cagen bin icfy fertig. 3n r>ier3e^n Cagen reifenmir ab. (/) to denote MATERIAL, SHAPED etc. 5i(^ in Samt unb Seibe lleiben. 3 n Das (Setreibe in (Sarben binben. 3 n arbeiten, 8 1 . WITH A ecus A TIVE : neb en : WITH DA TIVE : (a) in answer to WHITHER 1 || (b) in answer to WHERE ? eg. Ste ftelen iiber tfyn fyer. Der Dieb ftieg iiber bte (Sarten* mauer. Obs. The Verb or Adj. may be implied Sic ftnb bereits iiber bte et3. (Suter Hat fommt oft iiber Hacfyt. [La nuit porte conseil.] 83. WITHACCUSA TIVE : untc* : WITH DA TIVE : (a) in answer to the question (b) in answer to the question WHITHER ? WHERE ? or WHERE FROM ? - Der fjunb Iriedjt tinter ben Cifd?, Der ^unb liegt unter bem (Etfcfye. Unter Dad? tinb ^adj lommen, IDir u>o^nen unter etnem Dac^e* to get a berth. Die (Ente tauc^te unter bas Die Ka^e fc^Iic^ unter bem IDaffer. Thus figuratively IDir begeben uns unter ben ?ier 3U anbe finb tmr unter 5d]uft bes (Sefeftes* bem Sd?ue bes (Sefe^es. Karl ber (Sroge brad^te ciele polen ift unter ber ^errfd^aft Polfer unter feine ^errfd/aft ber Huffen. r trat mir unter bie 2Iugen. ^unbert taufenb XTtann finb unter ben tbaflfen. 3d? ftelle ben Derail unter ben Unter biefem preife. Corner* Kinber unter fiinf ^ (c) in answer to the question AMONG WHOM (or WHAT) ? (i) after Verbs of 'dividing, II (2) after Verbs of '' being" 1 : g^ mixing? etc. Ceilet biefes Brot unter bie (Eine ilie ftanb unter t>en Airmen, Dornen* Hed^ne ifyn nid^t unter beine Unter alien (SetranFen ift IDaffer (Jreunbe, bas gefunbefte, Die 2Iuf rii^rer mif^ten fid} unter Der (5ro|te unter ifynen* bas Pol!, (Er ift unter bie Solbaten gegan* (3) in answer to WHEN? UNDER gen. He has become a soldier. WHA T CIRCUMSTANCES ? Sie traten mitten unter uns. Unter bem (Selaute aller (Bfocf en. Unter ber prebigt fcfylief id^ fanftfelig ein, IDenn iiber bem Cifcfye ein eud?ter fyangt, fo ift es unter bem Cifd^e bunfel, benn bas id?t fallt auf bert 1 66 PREPOSITIONS WITH ACC. OR DAT. 84-85 84. WITH ACCUSA TIVE : fco (a) in answer to WHITHER ? Die ^etnbe riicf ten nor bie Ojore* 3^? 9^ n 9 finnenb t>or mid? fyin. (Er lebt gern fo ftifle r>or fid? fyin. ITtan ftellt bas Subject nor bas Perb. (Er fteUte fic^ ror bte C^iire. ITtan fiit|rte t^n cor ben Htcfyter. - WITH DATIVE : (c) to denote * pr ef er ence, priority* 1 : biifyrt ber prets t>or alien. Dor alien Dtngen. Dor acfyt Cagen. Dor ber erjiorung bes (Eentpels. : WITH DA TIVE : (b) in answer to WHERE ? Der ^einb tft r>or ben Cfyoren. (Er nafym ben fjut r>or mir ab. Dor einem (Drte t?orbeigefyen. Pas Subject ftefjt r>or bent Derb. Der (?IegeI ^at mtr bte (Efyur ror ber ZTafe 3ugef<^Iagen. 3 eoer f^r^ vo* fetner C^iire. (Er erfc^ten cor bem Htcfyter. (d) to denote 'cause of feeling'' (bodily or mental} : Dor lUiibtgfett fonnte ic^ ntd?t fa^Iafen. Ste oetnte t>or (Jreube ( 74). Also with Verbs and Adjs. of ( concealing , fearing, guarding, hindering^ UTan fann r>or lauter Bdumen ben IDalb ntc^t fel^n. ^iirc^te bid? ntc^t t>or t^nen ! Dor ben ^etnben ftte^en. Ste fonnte ror Cqranen ntd?t fpre^en. Htmm btc^ in ad^t cor tfjm.* * Thus with fdjutjen, ftc^ern, tuarnen, Derbergen, t>ertDat|rcn. 85. WITH ACCUSATIVE : $tt>if$en: WITH DATIVE: (b) With Verbs of ' rest ' : (a) with Verbs of ' motion to wards ' : Ste fteUte lDai)Ien Sie unb r nttr unb tfym. Die Sabtnerinnen ftiir3ten 3tpifd)en bie Streiter. on Sa^iefer fid? brangte, als fid? in bie ftacfyere (Segenb nad? Kreusnad? ^in THE VERBAL COMPLEMENT 167 THE VERBAL COMPLEMENT. 86. INTRODUCTORY. If the Complement of a Verb, Adjective, Adverb, or a Noun is a Verb, this Verb may be in English (a) an INFINITIVE, without to, = Germ. PURE INFINITIVE ; (b) an INFINITIVE, with to, = Germ. $tt + INFINITIVE ; or (c) a VERBAL FORM in -ing, which, however, (if thus used sub- stantivally} does not answer to the Germ. PARTIC. PRES. in -Cttt>, but either to an INFINITIVE, a NOUN, or a DEPENDENT CLAUSE. 87. THE INFINITIVE. (a) Just as in Engl. the Infinitive may stand with or without to, so in German with or without JU t i| I can (shall) swim. 3^? fann (tnerbe) f cfytDtmTnen. 2) I wish &? swim. 3 1 *? tounfctje 311 f cfytDimmen. It is easy /0 swim. etbe (tDtll, fatttt, etc.) cjefjeru You must not say that. Das tnuft bu tttcfyt fag en. May I begin now? Darf id? jc^t anfangen? Here let us /*& our tents. tyer la^t uns ttnfere eltc auffcfylagen. He er* fte^en. He ordered me to begin. (Er befafyl mir an3ufangen. They deserve to be whipped with Sie r>erbienen mit Scorpionen scorpions. ge3iid?tic;t 311 tperben. I don't choose to tell you. (Es beliebt mir nicfyt es 3^ nen Notice (i) the omission of Utd)t after verbs of 'forbidding,' ' warning, ' re- fraining,' etc. I shall take care not to do it. 4 3<* *' <\ ^| '-&**" . 3u t?|iin. ( [Je me garderai bien de le faire.J Yet I warn you not to trust Fortune. 2)od? n?arn' id? bid? bem (Slucf 311 trauen. (2) Engl. INFINITIVE PERFECT, = Germ. INFINITIVE PRESENT ( 8) : I expected to have found him there. 3erbcn It remained to be demonstrated . . . etfen * . . No time is to be lost. Ketne ett tft 31: t>erlteren. Notice also this gerundival form in Attributive Relation ( 154) : The guest to be expected to-day. Der petite 311 er u> artenb e (Saft. (2) after ADJECTIVES and ADVERBS: He is hard to please. & as to make 3^ r Betragen ifl bcrart gctoefen, ba it difficult for me to forgive you. cs mtr fdjn?er toirb 3fynett 3" oergeben. Be jers fa^ren mu|t. Send me word when to come. a mid? oiffen, tuann t(^ fommcn foil, Nelson was never at a loss how Helfon roar nie unfd?Iiiffig, tpic to act in any emergency. er tTtt ZtotfaE ^anbeln follte. or also (a) = G. VERBAL NOUN in sUttfl (cf. 99, 5) : Alfred built ships with which to 2IIfreb Bailte 5d?iffe 3tir t)cr= pursue the pirates. folgung ber Seerauber; or, um bie 5, 311 r>erfolcjen. Obs. With a few Verbs, as fcjiffett, lel)f ctt, the Infinitive may be used How how 92-93 THE INFINITIVE 171 92. to + INFINITIVE, as SUBJECT (a) as a rule, = $tt + INFINITIVE ; especially ( i ) if used to express DUTY or NECESSITY : To forgive\w$> enemies is the duty Semen ^etnbett 311 rerjet^en of the Christian. tft bie pfftdjt bes Cfyrtften. To please you is my ardent wish. (Eucfy 311 gefdflen tft Ttteitt fjocfyfter XPunfdj. or (2) if placed after its Predicate : It behoves man to be active. en 311 (b] especially if placed at the head of a sentence, = PURE INFINITIVE: To err is human, to forgive divine. 3 r r e n *ft tnenfcfyltd? , tfergeben gottltcfy. To expect a pleasure is a plea- af$ tcfy's nur faetanlaffen)r and PERCEIVING (Odtcnr Wen, fft^Ienr fln^en) : I bade him stay. 3eig,en. Obs. Ijclfot, & &?#/ Icfjtcn, &> tazc/fc, = Dat. or ^4^. + Infinit. They helped me to work. Sie fyalfen mir arbeiten. I will teach you how to do that. 3<^? ^ill ^^? & as tljun lefyren. N.B. For Engl. to + Passive Infinit. = Germ. Pure Active Infinit. , cf. 86. () zw a// Cases not specified in (a), = DEPENDENT CLAUSE: especially after Verbs of WISHING, REQUIRING, PRAYING, KNOWING, BELIEVING, OBSERVING: I wish him to know the truth. 3^? n>imfcfye, bag er bte fyett rrnffe. I would have him own his fault. 3^? tnoc^te, ba er fetnen ( befenne. England expects every man to do (Englcmb eriDartet, ba his duty. maun feine Pfltd^t tfyue. We know them to be rich. Dtr rptffen, ba| fie retd? finb, He suspected the money to have (Er cermutete, bag bas (Selb ^^ lost. nerloren ipar. I will have ** do it. { 3J ^ baraufi } bager es tl,e. I believed him to be an honest 3^? jjfaubte, bag er etn e^rli(^er man. ITtann IP a re.* I remarked her to be a clever girl. 3^ bemerfte, bag fie etn ge* fdjeites JTtabc^en oar. You confess a fault which you are 3^ r 9 e f^^ ^tnen ^el|Ier etn, already known to have com- 'rjonbemmanfcfyontDeilg, mitted (& 115). bag tl|r tf|n begangen ^ abt ; ' ^r better, ' ben tfyr be* fanntermagen begangen^abt.' * CAUTION Notice the Ellipse of the Infinitive after Verbs of 1 believing, ordering, declaring ' : I believe them to be honest people. ( 3 W*e fie fur e^rltdje Scute. \ [Je les crois honnetes gens.] He professes himself to be of the (Er befennt fid^ 311 berfelben same opinion. ITteinung,. I have ordered the carriage to be 3^? fyabe ben tDagen auf here at noon. ITTtttag fytefyer befofylen. The judges declared her (to be} I)ie Hitter erHdrten (erBann* guilty of this crime. ten) fie bes Perbred^ens fcfyulbtg. 95 THE VERB IN -ING 173 THE VERB IN -ING. 95. INTRODUCTORY. In order to know how to render the Verb in -ing, it is necessary to realise its multifarious functions in English : (I.) AS A VERB PROPER, i.e. forming with the Auxil. to be, the Imperfect of the Present, Past, or Future : I am (was, shall be, etc.) travelling. 3^? retfc (retfte, toerbe retfen, etc.) (II.) ASA VERBAL ADJECTIVE (PARTICIPLE}-. The travelling caravan. Die r e i f e n b e Karatmne. ( Travelling expenses. ) (H e i f e=f often.) (III.) AS AN ADVERBIAL ADJUNCT, or ADVERBIAL CLAUSE: Travelling to Mecca, we met a Had? 2tte?fa reifenb, trafen nrir einen pilgrim. pilgrim. Travelling continually as they do, Da fie befianbig retfen, fo fjaben fte they have no resting-place. feine Hufyeftdtte. (IV.) AS A VERBAL NOUN (so-called GERUND] : (a) SUBJECT Travelling is agreeable. (Das) He if en ifl angenefym. (d) DIR. OBJECT I hate travelling. 3cij f/affe bas Hetfen. (c) INDIR. OBJ. I prefer resting to 3rfj 3tef?e bie Hajl b em Hetfen cor. travelling. (d) COMPL. I am tired of travelling. 3dj bin b e s H e t f e n s mube. The fatigues of travelling. Die ^efdjmerben bes Heifens (or, H e i f e befcfytoerben). There is no reason for travelling s ift fein (Sriinb oorfymben bortfjin 311 there. reifen. (e) PREDIC. This is not travelling ! Das f/evt ntcfyt retfen! (/) OBJ. COMPL. I see them travelling. 3d) fefje fie retfen. To which add the peculiar English constructions of the Verb in -ing: (g] QUALIFIED BY A POSSESS. ADJ., OR BY A POSSESSIVE CASE : I am surprised at your travelling so 3^7 ^ m erjiaunt, baft bu fo fpat retfefl. late. (ti) QUALIFIED BY AN ARTICLE, A DETERMINATIVE PRON., OR AN- OTHER NOUN: This continual travelling from one Dtefes etmge ^in= unb ^erreifen. place to another. The landing of the troops. Die a n b u n g ber Cruppen. It will be seen from the above Synopsis that, on the whole, it is only when used adjectivally (II.), or adverbially (III.) that the English Verb in -ing may be rendered in German by the Participle in stfttfo : Thundering^ the ever increasing Donnemb ftiir^t bteftets tPad}* avalanche rushes over the fen be cnmne iiber bie trembling bridge. fcfyn>anfertbe Brii(f e. The Substantival use of the Participial form in sCttt> (IV.), though by no means uncommon, must be limited to words sanctioned by general usage (cf. 154) : Der Hetfenbe ; ein Hetfenber. tnbere bie Hot ber eibenben. 174 THE VERB IN -ING 96-97 96. 7. THE VERB IN -ing, USED AS THE IMPERFECT OF THE PRESENT, PAST, OR FUTURE (see 6) : I came in just as the cloth was lay- ^fy faro ) WITH COMPLEMENT: The thief trembling at his o wn shado w . . . either (i) Complement. + Participle (inflected). -\-Noun : Per por feinem eignen Sdjatten 3tttcrnbc XHeb . . . or (2) Noun. + Complement. + Participle (uninflected) : Der Dieb, por feinem eignen Sdjatten 3itternb, . . . or (3) Noun. + Relat. Pron. + Complement. + Indicative : Der Dieb, ber (or, melcfyer) por feinem eignen Scfyatten 3ttterte, . . . This latter construction should be preferred whenever the accumulation of Complements before a Noun tends to render the sentence top-heavy : In the neighbourhood was an estate 3 n ^ cr narfjbarfdjaft n?ar ein (Sut, bas belonging to one of his uncles. etnem fetner (Dnfel geb,6rte.* * Rather than the cumbrous tpar ein einem feincr Q). geljorenbes (Sut. 98 THE VERB IN -ING 175 Obs. Notice the use of the Parlic. as a neuter abstract Noun imply- ing character, peculiarity, nature, etc. (cf. 187): The surprising character of this news. Das Ueberrafcfyenbe biefer Hacfyrtcfyt. <2s liebt bie IDelt bas Stratjlenbe 311 fcfysarjen, Unb bas on (Englanb ^efi^. Being {-as I was] \\\, I could not Da tdj fran! tuar, fo fonnte come. [Etant malade, etc.] tc^ ntd/t frmtmen. He being absent ( = as he is absent], D a e r abiuefenb t ft, I must stay at home. 311 ?atife bletben. Not knowing a blessed word of Da tcfy fetn fterbenbes Dutch, I had great difficulty in fyolla'nbtfcfy fonttte, fo fjatte t<^ making myself understood in (JtO^e IHii^e nttd^ in }olianb Holland, rerftdnbltd? 311 madden. Granting this to be true, what is JPenn man 31tgiebt (or, tt to be inferred from it? gegeben), ba| btes iDafyr tft, was tft baraus 311 fd^Hegen ? After the battle of Issus, Darius, Had/ bet Scfylacfyt bet 3ff us ntu^te King of Persia, had to flee, Darius, Kontg ron perften, leaving his mother, his wife, fftefyen, tnbem er feine and his children in the hands UTlttter, feine (Sattin, linb of Alexander. feine Kinber in ben fjcinben 2tter,anber's Iie. or (2) by a RELATIVE PRONOUN: !Der Bote, ber nicfjt w\\%tt was er tfjun follte, terlteg bas immer; or, Da ber 23, nicfyt uwfjte . . ., fo ... . Obs. The Verb in -ing, used absolutely, often answers the Germ. PAR- TICIPLE PERF. supposing, corausgefetjt; excepting, ausgenommcn, etc. ; strictly speaking, genaugenommen; generally speaking, allgemem gefprodjen. i;6 THE VERBAL NOUN IN -ING (GERUND) 99-100 99. IV. Introductory. The VERBAL NOUN in -ing, used as SUB- JECT, OBJECT, or COMPLEMENT, may be rendered by (i) a PURE INFINITIVE : Borrowing is not much better than Borgen ift nidjt Ptel beffer als betteln. (2) jtt + INFINITIVE (SUPINE) : I remember having seen him. 3<*? ertnnere mid? ifyn gefefyn 311 fyaben. He went away without saying a word. (<:) VERB in -ing standing as COMPLEMENT OF THE OBJECT: I saw him running away. 3^? f a fy |^ n &at>on laufcn, He beheld a horseman riding very I have done writing. 3<^? ^' n nt it bent Sdjreiben fertig. I could not help laughing. 3<*? fonnte mid? besCadjens nidjt enttjalten. It is hardly worth mentioning. ollte fid? nid?t r>erftefyen fid? ben Kofylen freunblid? 011311 be* quemen, or tr>tr uns nad? (Englanb einfd?ifften, IDtr I^elfen uns felbft baburc^, ba oir anbern l^elfen, 3d? imH Sie ntd?t (baburd?) beleibigen, ba id? aiic^nur no4 einen 2tugenbli(f ^ier cermeile. N.B. Though grammatically unimpeachable, this construction is apt to become intolerably cumbrous even for a German. Students will do well to resort to it only when no terser turn suggests itself. Here, for instance, the meaning would by no means be affected by the freer turns IDcr anbern fytlft, (ber) fytlft ftcfy felbft. 3^ w ^ $\z nicfyt burcfy Idncjeres Denreilen beleibigen. Mrs. Peeribingle's kettle wouldn't hear of accommodating itself kindly to the knobs of coal. He declined accepting this invita- tion for fear of being too late. Not until Gray was released from the duty of reading Virgil as a task, could he feel capable of en- joying the beauties of this poet. Now let no one talk to me of tarrying and of concealing. I am heartily sick of&\\ this talk- ing. After having crossed the Alps, Hannibal found a Roman army in the plains of the Po. We had yet five days to spare be- fore embarking for England. * By helping others, we help our- selves. I will not offend you by remaining one moment longer. The ancients knew no other method of regulating the course of their ships than by observing the sun and the stars. The pilgrim was exhausted by long ivatching. James, by acting with prudence, might be able to obtain a large measure of relief. Die 2IIten fcmnten fetn anberes Derfafyren, ben auf ifyrer Sd?tffe 311 regeln, als burd? bte Beobad?tung ber Sonne unb ber Sterne, X)er pilgrim rr>ar burd? langes ID ad? en erfd?opft. XPenn 3a!ob init Klugfyeit fyanbelte, fo fonnte er gro^e as tfyn vented him from keeping his (bar an) gefftnbert I^at fein word. IDort 311 ^ alien. 1 06. The Verb in -ing governed by in : He had succeeded in obtaining CEs ruar tfym gelungen ftd? powerful protection. macfyttgen Sc^u^ 311 rjerfd^affen. More than a hundred thousand ITterjr als I^unbert taufenb Pf iinb pounds were laid out in dressing ttmrben auf ben iln3iig ber the Queen. Kontgtn r>ern>anbt. The Baltic and the Mediterranean Die (Dftfee linb bas tltittellan' have had a considerable share bifdje ITteer l^aben etnen in civilising Europe. betracfytltcfyen 2(nteil an ber dictltjterung non uropa ge!|abt. The king was deeply interested in Dem Konig par fetjr bar an prolonging this state of things. gel eg en btefe uftanbe 311 tJerldngern. The chief utility of the camel con- Der fyauptfacfylicfyfte Hll^en bes sists in its being a beast of Kamels befrefyt bar in, bag burden in countries where no esein afttier ift, linb 3H>ar in other quadruped could live and Snbem wo fein anberes^ier^ perform that office. fiigiges Cier leben unb jenen Dienft serricfyten lonnte. 107-110 THE VERB IN -ING 181 107. The Verb in -vug governed by instead of: The young hero who had over- X)er junge ?elb, ttelcfyer bte come the Curiatii, instead of (Eurtatter iibertrwnben fyatte, being congratulated by his sister ttwrbc, attftdtt t>on fetner on his victory, was upbraided ScfytPefter 311 fetnem Steg by her for slaying her lover. begliicfnmnfdjt 311 IDerben, pon tfjr gefcfyolten, met I er tfyren (Seliebten erfdjlagen. 1 08. The Verb in -ing governed by on : My wife, who had been reading Ittetne ^Jrcm, bte H-omane gelefen romances, insisted on our second fyatte, beftanb baratlf, ba child being called Olivia. linfer 3tt>ettes Ktnb (DlUHCl Ijetgen fotite* He insists on coming himself. 2lls metn Dater btes l|orte, he was greatly amazed. rpar et fe^r erftaiint. 109. The Verb in -ing depending on with : The magistrates thanked God for Der Utagtftrat banfte (Sott, ba having confounded the designs er bte plane jener Kontgs* of those regicides who, not con- morber t>erettelt ^atte, bte, tent with having murdered one ntcfyt 3llfrteben etnen Xlto monarch, were bent on destroy- nardjen etmorbet Stt ()aUCtt, es ing the foundations of mon- Qllf bte gerftorung ber archy. Ulonardjte abgefe^en fatten. They reproached him with having Ste r^arfen tfjm t>or, ba er fie deceived them, and drawn on getdllfdjt iinb mtt ber Sc^ulb them the guilt of shedding inno- beldftet fydtte, linfc^ulbtges cent blood. ^lut t>ergoffen 3u^aben. 1 10. The Verb in -ing depending on without, = otyn* $ltr withlNFiNiT. Cromwell never fought a battle efl Iteferte ntemals etne without winning it ; he never Sdjlacfyt, ofyne fie 311 ge* won a battle -without annihilat- rp i n n e n ; er getocmn ntemals ing the forces opposed to him. etne Scfylacfyt ofyne bte tfnn [Fr. sans exterminer . . .] gegeniiberftefyenben Strett* frafte 311 r>ernt^ten. *My wife can read any English ' ITtetne ^rau fann trgenb em book without much spelling, engltfcfyes 3uc^ lefen ot^rte said the Vicar of Wakefield. ptel 311 bticfyftabteren,' fagte ber anbprebtger t>on ib. 182 THE VERB IN -ING : HI Attacking vices without touching persons is perhaps a safe way of fighting ; but often it is fight- ing with shadows. after ar^ugretfert orjne per* fonen an^uriifyren tft tnet* letcfyt cine ficfyere 2Jrt 311 fampfen; aber oft tft es ein Ka'mpfert mtt Scfyattem But with a Subject of its own, - , with NOM. + FINITE VERB : They will not be able to leave Sie oerbett Tttcfyt abretfett without my knowing it. fonnCtt, ofytte bag tcfy es [Fr. sansquejelesache; amoninsu.] tpetg ; or, ofyne mettt IDtffett. CAUTIONS (i) $tt, rtttftatt *u, uw jw, ofw* su ( 89), are the only Prepositions that may take a Verb in the Infinitive. (2) The German Verbal form in -en& is never used after a Preposition. in. VERBAL NOUN in -ing limited by a POSSESS. CASE or ADJ. Our staying here is still uncertain. (Db trm fyter b let ben tft ttocfy Yotir reading such novels as those of W. Scott can surely not be blamed by anybody. Excuse my entering before you. I never questioned your being able to do it. What was more natural than his again inviting her ? We were irritated at his having betrayed the secret. Every evil becomes more support- able by our getting accustomed to it. Vulcan's lameness is said to have arisen from his having been thrown headlong from the battlements of heaven by his father Jupiter. Daf$ bu folcfye Homane une bte t?on W. Scott, It eft, farm ficfyerltcfy t>on Htemanb getabelt n>erben. (Entfcfyulbtgen Ste, bag tdj ror 3^nen etntrete. 3etfelt, bag bit es tt^un f annft. Was rr>ar natiirltd)er a Is bag er fie rmeber etnlaben follte? Dtr n?aren bariiber aufgc* brac^t, bag er bas (Sefyetmnts rerraten fyatte. 3cbes Uebel tPtrb babitrd? ertragltc^er, bag n?tr nns baran gerpol^nen. Pulfan's al|ml|ett foil gangen fctn, baft ei? r>on fetncm Pater 3uptter pon ben tnnen bes ^tmmels ?opf* iiber 112-113 THE VERB IN -ING 183 1 12. VERB in -ing limited by an ARTICLE, an ADJ., or a NOUN: (1) The sailing of that vessel. Qa$ Segeln jettes ;Jafyr3eugs. The account of the siifferings of Der 23ertd?t iiber bte etbett the surviving crew is heart- ber iiberlebenben Scfyiffsmanri' rending. fcfyaft if* fye^erretfjeno. Do stop this continual brawling. af$tbocfy btefes ermge Scfyreten 1 What chuckling is that ? II) a s f ii r e i it K i d? e r n tft bas ? (2) The carrying out of this un- Die Durcfyfiifyruttg btefes dertakmg will meet great llnternefjmens (or, btefer difficulties. Uttteritefymurtg) unrb auf groj$e SdjunerigMten ftofjen. Let this be a warning fo you. agt eudj bas 3tir IDarnung bteneri. It seemed to the ministry that the Das ITttntftertlim U?at bet 2lnft o fy I iPtffen miiffen ! He is known to be very rich. (Er tft befantttltdj (or, be* (Cf. 94, b.) fannterma^en) fefyr retcfy. 7 am sorry to say I cannot come. 3^? fann letber ntc^t fommen. Do you think my sentence unjust ? 3$ etn>a mettt 2tusfpruc^ un* gerecfyt? Please tell me the time. Sagen Ste mtr gef a'fttgft ote ctel H^r es tft. I happened (chanced) to meet him. 3^? * ra f ^ n 3llf Clllig. I dare say you are right. Ste fyabett ID of} I recfyt* That is just what he wants. Das tft ifym gerabe recfyt. They ended (wound 'up) by telling ^us. . . gjuletjt fagten fie UTtS . . . Be sure you tell him ! Sagett Ste es tijm ja I I have told him already, you know ! 3^? ^ a ^ e es ^ m j a f<^on gefagt. 116 ORDER OF OBJECT AND COMPLEMENT 185 The child kept crying. Das Kinb fcfyrte f orttt>afyrenb. Do keep quiet ! Set bocfy riifytgl He is likely to come. aljr.fdjeinlicfy fommen. Hear what follows ! l^oren Sie ipetter. Obs. Thus also Engl. Verb. = Germ. Prefix: I have done drinking (reading, etc.) 3^? *)<*&* ausgetrunf en (ausgelef en). 1 1 6. <9/?z>tf OF WORDS IN ADVERBIAL RELATION. GENERAL RULE. The characteristic feature of the structure of a German Sentence expanded beyond the limits of a Simple Subject and Predicate is the principle of suspense ; that is, such an arrangement of words as will make the reader feel throughout that the meaning is absolutely incomplete as long as he has not reached the full stop. This principle of suspense asserts itself more or less in every possible relation (i) predicative: 3^? &* n beiner tDofylmeinenben nungen ftets eingebenf* r ift tttcfyt nut bem Crun?e, fonbern aucfy anbern aftern (2) attributive: (Ebinbiirg liegt auf fctel parallelen btird? tiefe Sc^Iucf^ten getrennten 4^^cnvit(f cn (3) adverbial: >ant>le immer bctner pfTic^t flcttcu, Das ^e^aot mtr benn boc^ bureaus nid)t* Die Cage neftmen in btefer 3<^^ r ^3ett merflic^ tib (or $u) Here, for instance, it is not until the very end that we are able to realise whether the days are said to be decreasing or zVzcreasing. Thus (Erft fpdt f amen bie Hetfenben unb t^re ^iil|rer nacfy unenbltc^en ofyl fetnet angettornmen fyaben ? 3d? fjabe ben Setter etli>a gefragt. Obs. Ser auer tyefj bctt jpfetbetyftnblet eittCtt JBettitflct (Predic. Ace.} (l)the OBJ. WITHOUT PREPOS. before OBJ. or COMPL. WITH PREP. erlieren O^J. i. Any Object may be placed quite at the beginning of the sentence involving Inversion of Subject and Verb ; see 5 (b}. ' Obs. 2.. In Interrogative and Dependent Clauses, the Personal Pron.- Object may stand before the Subject : fjat flrf) bas (Setmtter fcfyon oerjogcn ? cr{|el|len (Er nd^erte H<^ Uwen tntt grower Dorfid^t. IDir bemdc^ttgten un^ i^tet ol^ne Sd^iPertftretd^. Ztenne fie mit* Obs. With tttit, bit/ il^t, fi(^ the neuter c may be put first or last : (Sib eS mit/ or, tttit'S. 3t l|od?. (2) after the VERB it modifies ; or, in Compound Tenses, between AUXIL. VERB and PARTIC. or INFINITIVE : Die Hacfyttgalt fingt f c^dm Die HacfytigaU f^at fc^dn gefungen. or (3) see 5 at the head of a sentence (attracting the Verb] : @cpn finat bie Ztacr/tigall. erbe moigen nad? I^aufe gefyn.* 3d? tperbe nod) tyeitt aOcnfc 3^re 2Iuftrage piinftlid? beforgen. * Unless, of course, special emphasis is laid on another Adverb : 9litcf) $erbe es mtr ju ^attfc n?o^I fein laffen. (e) ltirf)tf not, w best placed { subject to the exigencies of emphasis) ( I ) last in Simple Tenses of Simple or Inseparable Comp. Verbs: 3cfy ertnnere mid? beffen gar nicfyt* (2) before the Separable Prefix of Compound Verbs : f^cute ge^e id? ttietyt aus Das gebe id? ttidjt 311. 77^ fl/y^ ^^r^ the Predicat. CompL Qas ift mir gar nirf)t lieb. (3) before the Partic. or Infinit. in Compound Tenses : (Seftern bin id? nicftt ausgegangcn. 3^? ^ ann m ^ beffen nicftt erinnern. (/) nirf)tr IN EMPHATIC CONSTRUCTION: In a sentence like the place of nicfyt will be before any member of the sentence intended to be emphatically negatived to the exclusion of the other members : 9lirf)t t>ie iRcif cufecn (fonbern bie Stubenten) icerben 1 ^ a nr f ^irfjt l)eute (fonbern morgen) roerben bie Heifenben J t)e l u w en 9ii(J)t ba SWufcuw (fonbern ben dfyiergarten) tperben bie Heifenben fyeute befud?en. Thus (Er fann nid?t fommen, may mean He cannot come ; or, // is just possible that he is not coming, if the emphasis is laid on mrtjt i88 C. THE ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION 117-119 117. INTRODUCTORY. As in Engl, a NOUN used as SUBJECT, ADJUNCT, or OBJECT of a sentence may stand (a) "without any qualifying attribute : Concord, intrad?t. \b] , 3tr>an3ig Bdume. ( e I dj e Bdume ? 4) Indefinite: other trees, an b ere Bdume. (/) with another Noun ( Henry s trees, ^ etnrtdjs Bdume. (1) in Genitive Relation :- \^^&* J *" 1 * "* S * m " (2) in Composition : the^/fr-tree, ber tCannembaum. (^) with an Adjective Clause: Trees which bear no fruit are cut Bdume, treldje fetne ^rucfyte tragen, down. toerben umgeljauen. So far the two languages do not differ in the use of Attributes ; but there are numerous points of detail in which English practice differs from Ger- man. Hence the necessity for entering into the main distinctive features of the attributive relation. /. USE OF THE ARTICLE WITH COMMON NOUNS. 1 1 8. (a) As in English, the DEFINITE ARTICLE is used in German in all cases not mentioned farther on : The camel is the ship of-the desert. D as Kamel tft bas Scfytff ber IDiifte. () as in English, the DEFINITE ARTICLE is omitted in German in Proverbs, Idioms, Alliterative or Rhyming Phrases, Enumerations > etc. Concord makes strength. (Ettttracfyt tttacfyt ftarf. Over hill and dale. Ueber Berg unb CfyaL Hearth and home. Heaven and hell. ^erbunb^of, fjtmmellinb)olle. For defence and defiance. U Scfyutj tlttb Crut}. 1 1 9. No ARTICLE IN ENGLISH, = DEFINITE ARTICLE IN GERMAN (l) if used comprehensively (i.e. imply ing the whole class or substance] : Man is mortal. Der UTettfd? iff fterbltcfy. Men are mortal. DteXTTenfcfyett finb fterbltcfy. Cavalry contributed greatly to the Die Kar>allerte trug fefyr met conquests of Philip and Alex- 311 ben roberungen philips ander. unb ^Ilejanbers bet. What will people say ? Was n?erben b i e e u t e fagen ? Most people. Die metften eute. Virttie is its own reward. DteCugenb belor|nt fic^ felbft. Hypocrisy is a homage that vice Die )eud?elet tft eine ^lilbi* pays to virtue. guncj, bte bas after ber Cugenb 3ollt. 119 DEFINITE ARTICLE 189 Das 2ll,ter ift ber IPtnter bes eberts, Die Ununffettfjeit ift bie ITTutter bes 2Jbera,Iaubens. Obs. i. The rule is not so strict as in French, greater latitude being allowed for indicating the more or less comprehensive sense in -which a Noun may be used. Notice the following in which the Def. Art. would be strictly required in French : (Die) 6n?en ftnb flarf. Beines IDaffer ifi gefunb. [L'eau pure est saine.] Especially so in the case of abstract Nouns denoting manner of being or quality : (Sefyorfam (L'obe'issance) ifl bes Cfyrtjlen Scfjmucf. Obs. z. Russian is more diffi- Das Huffifclje tfl fcfymerer als bas cult than German. tt Deutfdje. Translate that from Uberfetje bas r>om ^ransoftfcfyen French into English. ins n g I i f cij e. (2) if used predicatively after Verbs of NAMING, APPOINTING, etc. He was elected President ( 42, d). afytt ber eit Compare Das IDtefyern etnes Pferbes, with Das EDtefjern ber Pferbe. 3d^ 3tefye IPaffer frtfd^er ItTila^ 3$ 3tefje UPaffer ber UTilc^ t?or. t?or. (5) with names of Public Edifices y Institutions, etc. We are coming from church. tX)tr fommett foebert ton (aus) ber Ktrcfye. [de 1'eglise . . .] Church (Divine Service) is over. Der (Sottesbtenft tft coriiber (aus). To go on ! ^ Change. ^lilf bie Borfe gef^en. \a la Bourse.] To leave town (school, etc.) Die Stabt (Sdjule) oerlaffen; etc. 190 INDEFINITE ARTICLE 120-122 II. USE OR OMISSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 120. On the 'whole ENGLISH like GERMAN: A true friend is a treasure. or Ijunbert 3ab,ren. a thousand times ; taufenb mal, etc. 122. English INDEFINITE ARTICLE, = Germ. DEFINITE ARTICLE (1) with Notms denoting MEASURE, WEIGHT, TIME, etc., used distributively : This tea costs two shillings a pound. XKefer (Ojee foftet 3tt>et tHarr* bas pfunb. This review appears once a year Piefe Hunbfcfycm erf(i?ctnt (yearly). etnmal bes 3a^res ' One shilling and a half a pair 2InbertfyaIb XHarf bas (piece}. (Stiicf). (2) in a few standing Phrases : He has a right to fish there. ar Konta, Prussia. son preugen. The Rhine takes its rise in the Der Hfyetn entfprtncjt in ben Alps. 2JIpen* Except 124. English Noun WITHOUT'} = Germ. Noun WITH DEFINITE ARTICLE, ) ARTICLE : (i) if qualified by an Adj., or in Apposition to a Title, etc. Old Fred. Fair Rosamond. Der alte ^rttj. Die fcfyone Hofamunbe. Ancient Rome. Asiatic Russia. Das alte Horn, Das afiattfcbe Hufilanb. Queen Victoria. Captain Cook. Die Kontcjtn Dtctoria. Der Kapitan . Das Kap ^orn. Der emaner See. Das Scfylog XPtnbfor. Die IDeftmtnfter 2lbtet, etc. Obs. In familiar style, before the names of Relations, Friends, Acquaint- ances, Servants, Celebrities, etc. My love to Mary ! rfifje mir b i e XUarte ! Send for John. Hufe mir ben 3ofjann. Father has come. (0er) t)ater tji gefommcn. I prefer Homer to Vergil (cf. 119, 4). 3 d ? 3 ie ^ e ^ en ^onter b em Dercjil Dor. (2) FEMININE and MASC. Names of COUNTRIES, PROVINCES, etc. Switzerland borders on Lombardy. Die Scfyrpet3 gren3t an bte ombarbei. (3) Also the following, which may be considered Proper Notms : Heaven, Paradise, Hell, Purgatory. Der fjtmmel, bas Parables, bte f^olle, bas ^egefeuer, Christianity, Providence, Parlia- Das (tl|rtftentum, bte Por* ment, etc. fefyung, ^^s Parlament, etc. Names of Stars : Jupiter, Venus, etc. Der 3uptter, b t e Dettus, etc. Seasons, Months, Days, etc. Der IPtnter, ber ^riifylina,, Der 3anuar, ber XHarj. Der Sonntacj, etc. 192 AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES 125-127 125. IV. PLACE OF THE ARTICLE. As in English. Except: The very man. (Serabe ber tltamt. Both the brothers. [Les deux freres.] Pt|e bet ben 3riiber. Double the sum. Pie boppelte Siimme. y?// /7z,? (the whole) town. [Toute la ville.] Pie cjdn^e Stctbt. Half the time. [La moitie du temps.] Die fjalbe >ett. Haifa pound. [Une demi-livre.] aljre (SliicF bes ITtenfdjen. Pa, mo tfyr jet3t bliifyenbe Sta'bte fefyt, tutrb etnes Cages ber ft a unen be XPanberer nur alte Huinen antreffen, unb ftumme geugen einer untergegangenen (Sro^e. Obs. Before NEUTER Nouns the Nom. and Ace. Sing. Case-inflection tt& is not infrequently dropped, especially in colloquial and poetical language: eit beffer als bie romifdje. 3b,r Dorfdjlag ifi ein fyodift oerlocfenber (=a very tempting one). 128-131 PLACE OF ADJECTIVES 193 128. II. PLACE OF THE ADJECTIVE : (a) the ATTRIBUTIVE ADJ. is, as a rule, put before the Noun : (Eine fyeimlidje ^reube tft me etne DolIFommene ^reube. Obs. Things useful and things pernicious. niitjlirfje Dtnge unb fcfydblidje ZHnge. From time immemorial. Seit unbenflidjen geiten. but (b], differently from Engl., a Complement depending on an attributive Adj. may be placed before that Adjective ; compare Noun A djective Complement. A rt. Compl. A djective Noun. A man experienced in everything. olfja friges Kinb. Obs. But Uninflected, if placed after the Noun; as anberes. Nothing more true. XTicfyts tr>a^reres* Much ado about nothing. Ptel 2Iufr|ebens lim nic^ts* N.B. For Nouns used adjectivally : A gold watch, cf. 153. 131. V. With Numerals the Noun is> on the whole, treated as in English. Notice however On the first ^/"May. Den (or, am) erften ITTai. Hundreds of thousands. ^unbert Caufenbe. Twenty millions of men. u>an3ig Utillionen XTtenfcfyen. London, June 25th. onbon, ben 25ften 3 un ^* Chapter the twenty-ninth. Heununb3rpan3t9ftes Kapitel. o I 9 4 POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 132 132. THE NOUN LIMITED BY A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE. My, thy, his, her, etc. (a) as a rule, = tltcin, fceitt, f ettt, tf)t, etc. A man's house is his castle. (Ernes tftcmnes I}aus tft fetne Burg. but (b] in Speaking of PARTS OF THE BODY, ARTICLES OF DRESS, MENTAL FACULTIES, etc., Engl POSSESS. ADJ., = (i) DEF. ART. + PERS. PRON. in Dative : yl/j/head aches. [La tete me fait mal.] Dcr Kopf tfyilt mtr tr>efy. or, if the Noun is OBJECT., = (2) PERS. (REFLEX.} PR. + DEF. ART. I will wash my hands. 3^ rotfl ^m bte^anbe tDdfcfyett. Qe veux me laver les mains.] It came into his mind. er* [Tu vas te gater /egyour pardon ; etc. 3^ bitt? (5ie) um Dcr3cibung ; etc. Notice especially the use of the SINGULAR, though the Subject be in the Plural: They had their\&.\& in their hands. Ste fatten ben )ttt in ber }Cinb. [Us avaient le chapeau a la main.] Obs. 2. A Possess. Adj. of the 3d pers. is often best rendered by the Genit. of the Dem. Pron. , to avoid ambiguity : Roland was riding behind his Holanb rttt fynter'm Dater fyer, mtt father, with his (i.e. his father's) beffen Speer unb Sdjtlbe (cf. 190). spear and shield. 133-134 DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES 195 133. THE NOUN LIMITED BY A DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVE. (a) this ; these : ( i ) as a rule, = fcicf --CV, *e, ?eS ; //. fctef *e : This man, MM woman, and this ZHefer tttann, btefe (frail, unb child. biefes Ktnb, 7"/te people here. ZHefe eute ba, (2) &?/0n? &rM denoting TIME : This morning (evening, etc.) jeilt(e) morgen (abenb, etc.) One of these days. Hacfyfter, Cage (Gen. pi.) ; na'cfyftens. This day week. [D'aujourd'hui en huit.] fjeute iiber ad^t Cage, Obs.In negative statements, with respect to TIME PAST or TIME TO COME I have not seen him these three 3dj fyabe tfyn fcit bret tt)od?en nicfjt weeks. gefe^en. He will not be ready this half-hour. r tmrb Dor einer Ijalben Stunbe ntiijt fertig fein. (^) that ; those : f = jettet, st, ?e ; pi. jen** : ( i ) used demonstratively, \ [Fr. ce, cette ; ces . . . -la. ] That man is happy. 3 ener HTatttt tft gliitf ltd?, ^/ (2) ^rCt?(jCUirtC) ; Relative Clause, \ fca(jCUiac) : man is happy w^ is con- I)er(jentge) Ittann tft gliicf ltd?, tented. ipelcr/er 3ufrieben tft, Thus also, if used substantially This horse and that of John. Dtefes pferb unb basjentge r>on 1 34. THE NOUN LIMITED BY AN INTERROGA TIVE ADJ. -PRONOUN: (a) which? Which king (queen) ruled then? tD either Kotttg (melcfye Kont* gin) fyerrfcfyte bamals ? Which novel of W. Scott do you ID e Id? en Homan r>on XP, 5, lefen like best 1 Ste am Itebften ? Obs. Relatively Come to-morrow, inwhich case. .. Komm morgen, in toelcfyem ^aUe (toeldjenf alls) . . . The park in the centre of which Der parf, in beffen JTlitte ein fctjoner stands a beautiful fountain. Springbrunnen fte^t, . . . 196 INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVES 135 (b) what ? (i) What day (week, year) was it ? XDelcfyer ag (tr>elcfye IDocfye; In what year did that happen ? 3 n roe Id? em 3afyre ereignete fid? bas ? time is it? XPie r>iel Ufyr ift es? (2) in the sense of WHAT SORT (KIND, DESCRIPTION) OF? What (kind of) colour? tPas fiir etne (or, IDeldje) What (sort of) books are these? tOas fiir Biicfyer firtb bas? What sort tfter? Hem, id? fyabe nie fetne gefyabt. XPenn Sie 23rot tm }aufe fyaben, fo geben Sie mir u>eld?es ?at er feme ^reunbe ? Dod?, er f|at einige. 3ft nod? etrpas Kaffee ba? 3d? untt Cfyee 3iim ^riiriftiitf ner^men, (Steb mtr ettt ^Sutterbrot. (Etn geu?tffer alter 2Jutor ertpafjnt, ba . . (Etne ett Iang any, in the sense of EVERY: Any fool can do that. 3 e & er ^ arr ^ ann *>&$ tfymt. She could read any English book. Ste famnte jebes beltebicje(jeb* oebes) englifd?e Bud? lefen. Dufannft 3u jeber beliebigen eit fommen* 3rgenb etne (irgenb tt?eld?e) Befd?aftigung ift beffer als You may come at any time. Any employment is better than idleness. Obs. Adverbial : Some twenty. Is the patient any better ? Xltiiffiggang. ttca (etlidje) 3n?an3tg. 3jl ber Kranfc cttuas beffer? 137. both; the two [les deux, tous les deux] : Both the prisoners were sent to the Tower. Both prisoners had the same fate. He took hold of both my hands. Both of us (you, etc.) On both sides. One (which) of the two. Die beiben (Sefangenen o)ur ben in ben Corner gefcfytcft. Bet be (Sefancjene fatten basfelbe SdpdEmL (Erergrtff meine beiben J^cinbe. IDir (ir|r, etc.) beibe, 2luf beiben Seiten; or, beiber* feits. (Einer (lDe!d?er) r>on beiben. Obs. Both he and his brother. Sou?ofyl er als fetn rtiber. The two great parties Whigs Die beiben (or, bie sum) and Tories. parteien, . . . 198 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 138-141 138. each; every [chaque, tous les, adj.; chacun, subst.] Every season has its peculiar 3ebe 3 a ^ res 3 e ^ fy a * ^ re ^'' charms. fonberen Het3e. For every twenty boys there are 2Juf je 3tPCm3tg Knaben rperben born twenty-one girls. etn unb 3tsan3tg XTtabcfyen geboren, One spoonful every two hours. 21 He 3tt>et Stitnben etnen offel pott. Every other day we go to town. (Etnen (tag urn ben anberen gefjen urir in bte Stabt. Every man is the architect of his 3 e ^ r *ft fetnes (SliicFes own fortune. Scfymteb. It surpassed every conception. on ben betben a'n^ bern, 140. much ; many ; more ; most ; a great deal : Much money, many friends. Many men, many minds. More money ; more hours. A great deal of trouble. Most of my time. I will make one more attempt. Send me two more volumes. Will you take any more wine? Dtel (Selb, t>tele So mel Kopfe, fo t)iel Stnne. ITtefyr (Selb ; me^t Stlinben. 5el|r t)tel HTiir|e. Der grogte Ceil metner ett. 3^? w ^ noc ^? etnen Derjucfj ntacr/en, [Fr. encore un . . .] Scfytife mtr nocr^ 3 met Bdnbe. IDolIen Ste nocr/ ettPas IDetn? 141. little, few, less, fewer, a few : Little money, few friends. Less money; few hours. A few days ago. He has a little money. XX) en 1 9 (Selb, mentge ^reunbe. IDentger (Selb; tpentger Stitnben. Dor etntgen Cagen. eterleh On the one hand . . ., on the other. (Etnerfetts . * ., anbrerfetts. One day (morning, etc., 62, b, 2). (Ernes Cages (UTorgens, etc.) One thing is needful. (Etns tfyut not* (b] Substantival: N. and G. One must do one's duty. XTtan * mug f e t n e Pfftcfyt tf|lin. A. I know 0w who can do it. 3^? ^ttne ctnen, ber es t^un fann. D. I shall leave it to one more 3fy n>crbe cs etnem Htdc^ttgeren powerful. an^etmftellen. Das gefyt tnem burcf^ UtarB unb Bein. The one puts his sickle into the (Etltcr (or, Def (Elite) cmtet, WO ettt other's harvest. 2Inberer (ber 2Jnbere) gefd(e)t ^at, * Like Fr. on, only used as Subject. Obs. He is not one to submit to that. as [II n'est pas homme a . . .] gef alien 311 laffen. My little ones. JTleine Klein en (Kinber). The great ones of this earth. Die rofjen biefer <2rbe. Such a one. Such and such a one. So einer. Der unb ber. No one. Not a single one. Keiner. 2lucfy nirfjt einer. Kein (f) PRONOMINAL, i.e. standing for a Noun mentioned before : Have you a dog ? fjaft btl Ctnen ?unb ? I have a very faithful ) GENITIVE + NOUN, = COMPOUND NOUN ( 129) : A mother's love. A bird's nest. Utiitterltebe. (Ettt Pocjelneft. A stone's throw. erF. O^j. i. T 7 ^^ Engl. elliptical construction, at (of) . . . 's, implying an edifice, house, office, shop, etc. , is not admissible in German : Nelson is buried at St. Paul's. tfelfon Itegt in ber St. pauI's Kird?e begraben. I met him at Messrs. Macmillan'j. 3d? traf ib,n bet ^erren tHaemtHan. I have sent John to the baker' s. 3d? fyabe ben 3ob,ann sum Bacfcr gefdjtcft. Obs. 2. 's used pronomin ally (i.e. to avoid the Repetition of a Noun mentioned before) must be rendered in German as in French by a Determinative Pronoun, or by the Repetition of the Noun : Is this John's slate or Alfred's? 3ft bies 3ob l ann's Sdjiefertafel ober [Ou celle d' Alfred. ] bie(jenige) uon Jtlfreb ? Obs. 3. of. . . 's: That was a favourite song of my Das mar ein Cteblingslteb mcines fathers. Paters. A friend of mine. on mtr. [Un ami & moi.] A friend of our neighbour's. en. (The lion's strength.) (X)es orpett Sta'rfe.) Obs. With the strength of a lion. ttlit CoroenfJdrfe. Der ^reunbe on parts. The reading of good books. Das efen guter The reading of books. D as ef en t?on This important distinction applies especially to the following cases : (i) with PROPER NAMES OF TOWNS, COUNTRIES, etc. (even if admitting the genitive-inflection} : The earthquake of Lisbon. Das (Erbbebett ron iffabon (rather than . . .'). The Emperor of Germany. Der Kaifer oon (rather than . . . '$). Obs. Thus also trt Btlb k)0tt on 2Jbgeorbneten. The discovery of a treasure. Die on Scfya'tjen, He has made the fortune of thou- (Er f}at bas (Sliicf POTt (Eaufen* sands. ben gegriinbet. (3) with NOUNS LIMITED BY A CARDINAL NUMBER : The evidence of two witnesses. Die 2Iusfage t>on 3tDet (rather than 3u>eter) eugen, tne ^amilte t?on 3efyn Kinbern. (Etn gettraum r>on 3tt>olf 3afyen. (4) with NOUNS DENOTING ORIGIN, EXTRACTION, etc. Die 3 u ?9f rau s n Orleans. Der Kaufmann r>on Denebtg,* Das ,JrauIetn com See,* Die lufttgen XPetber pott IDinbfor. Die IDerfe t>on (Soetfye (or, (Soet^e's XPerfe), more usual than Die IDerfe (Soetfye's. * Denebigs, or, bes Sees, would be quite wrong. (5) with NOUNS DENOTING MATERIAL, QUALITY, CHARACTER- ISTIC, etc. A man of light and leading. (Etn Jltann ron 2Infefyen unb (Etnftu. on Kopf unb Jer3 ift iiberall tPtllfommen. (Eine Kircfye r>on gottfc^er Bauart. (Eine (Eafel r>on ITTarmor. Brtn^en Ste mir eine ^Jlafc^e IPein, aber r>om allerbeften. (6) after PRONOUNS, NUMERALS, ADJECTIVES IN THE COMPARAT. OR SU PERL AT. DEGREE: Which of these trees ? IDelcfyer t)on btefen Baumen ? Neither of them. Ketner r>on t^nen. The most beautiful of all. Der (bte, bas) fcfyonfte t?on alien, Obs. i. of used in the sense of AMONG, FROM AMONG, may also be rendered by ttttte* ( 83), cutS ( 46, rf) : (iner aus bem Dolfe u?arf etnen Stein nadj tl]m. O^. 2. *tr>ei las IDetn, bret tHeter 2ttlas (satin), etc., notice the singular of Names of Measure, if marc, or neuter. >\&fem. tpei ir afie. Sie beibe. 151. NOUN + NOUN, LINKED BY OTHER PREPOSITIONS : His accession to the throne. Seine (Efyronbefteigung. The Schooler Scandal. Die SfterfdjuIe. The dispute for precedence. Der Bangftreit. Castles in the air, etc. ttftfcfyloffer, [Chateaux en Espagne. ] Obs.As in English, an OBJECTIVE GENITIVE will, as a rule, be linked to its Noun by the same Preposition as required by the Verb from which that Noun is derived. Compare M~A-bet.er.hing* Thus tDir fiirdjten uns or ben ^cinben. llnfere ^itrd?t oor ben ^einben. 5ie trauern um ttjren t)ater. 3i) r ^ Crauer um ben Dater. Jtir freuen uns uber ben Sieg. Unfere ^reube uber ben Steg. . 152. THE NOUN IN APPOSITION. A. AGREEMENT. A Noun in Apposition must agree in Case with the Noun it qualifies : N. ^rtebrtcfy ber (Srofje, Kontg ron preugen A. Dcmrt iiberrumpelte ^riebric^ ben (Stolen bet ^oc^lird^, D. Scfyleften unterrparf ficf^ ^riebric^ bem (Stolen. Dtefes Kapitel {^anbelt t?on (Jriebric^ bem (Srofjen. G. ^riebric^s bes (Stolen Siecje tDaren erftaunlic^, Unbeugfam!eit tpar eine t>orfyerrfcfyenbe (Ei^enfc^aft in Konig Karls bes tpolften C^arafter, Die Konigin ItTaria ron Sc^ottlanb tuar bie (Enfetin ber Sc^tDefter fjeinric^s bes 2Icfyten* 11 Dionys, bem Cyrannen, fc^Iic^ tttoros. Die inbifd^e (Sefcfyicfyte madjte Brahma, einen rt>eifen unb gelef|rten Htann, ben (ferfiinber meler Kiinfte, 3iim Pe3ier eines ifyrer alien Konige, 206 COMPOUND NOUNS 153 153. COMPOUND NOUNS. (a) Engl COMPOUND NOUN, German COMPOUND NOUN : 1 i ) in Appositive Relation : The fatherland ; mother-tongue. Das Paterlanb ; bte HTutterfpracfye. The wind-mill ; apple-tree. Die XDtnbmiifyle ; ber 2IpfeIbatim. The hawthorn ; earthquake, etc. Der fjageborn ; bas (Erbbeben. A steel pen ; marble column. (Etne Stafylfeber; IlTarmorfduIe. The silver mine. Das Stlberbergtper!. (2) to denote Origin, Ex-} ~ ., , .7 7 \ ,. > = Genitive (sing, or plural] : traction, etc., ) A Brussels carpet. (Ein Briiffeler Ceppicfy, A Geneva watch. (Etne (Senfer Ufjr. Berlin blue. Das Berliner 23Icm. The birthday ; sunlight. Der (Seburtstacj ; bas Sonnen* Hcr/t, Life insurance company. Cebensnerficfyerungsgefellfcfyaft,* * Such ponderous ' sesquipedalia verba ' are by no means uncommon. Though resented by any one not to the manner born, they do not offend the ' Spracfjgefiifyl ' of a true-born Teuton. Many a student will no doubt exclaim with Petit- Jean in the Plaideurs : " Us me font dire aussi des mots longs d'une toise, De grands mots qui tiendraient d'ici jusqu'a Pontoise." (b) In a few cases, = ADJECTIVE + NOUN: A gold chain ; a silver watch. (Etne golbene Kette; filberne Ufyr. The old East India Company. Die alte (Dfttnbtfcfye Compagme. Obs. i. It will be seen that feminine Nouns, thus compounded, may take a Genit. sing. -inflection, which may be either (i) the old fern. Genit. -inflection '.\i or sett: rbenfol]tt ; or (2), in analogy with the other genders, & or se$ : ber ^odjseitsfdjmaus, wedding feast ; ber Srfyaltimgstrteb, etc. Obs. 2. In the case of two or more consecutive Compound Nouns with the same final component, the latter may be denoted by a hyphen : thus Sortnenfmfterniffe unb Hlonbftnftermffe, = Sonnen= unb monbftnfterniff'e. Obs. 3. It need hardly be said that the same idea is very frequently embodied in a Compound of altogether different elements in the two languages : The finger-post, ber U)e(jn?eifer. Berlin wool, bas Stier.3efyrt. or (2) if the Sentence is introduced by a Co-ordinative Conjunction i.e. and, tint) ; but, a&e*, atfcin, fonfcetn* ; for, fccntt, or, 0t>e* ; tf.f w*// as . . . , both . . . and, f 0U>0f)l , * * ?>&# . . . or, cntu>ci>cr * * * ofce*: Der Straug fyat ^liigel, afcet* cr fann ntcfyt fltegen. Utan lebt ntcfyt um 311 effen, fant>e*n* man i^t um 311 leben. (Em fpantfcber Konig mugtc etn red^tgldubtger jprtn3 fein, (^/^) er rmigte ron btefcm Cl|ronc ftetgen, 34 fann ntcfyt la'nger bletben, bcnn ic^ n?erbe ertoartet. * Use (i) abet/ or attein, if but merely qualifies the preceding state- ment (which may be affirmative or negative) : 3d? tDtU es r>erfud?en, afcet (or, aUcin) ber <2rfolg is stoeifelljaft. ctn aus Ciebe. It will be found, as a rule, that but- afcet (or aUcht, ict)0(f)), if used in the sense of however. Obs. The antecedent correlative (if any) to abet is stoat (i?tdeed} ) to fondcrn attd), is tttd)t nut (tttdjt atlctu): - r i)l 3tr>ar (indeed] alt x abet immer nodj riiftig. or* Conj. Make haste, else you will Spute bid?, fottft ttfitft t)U ben miss your train. ug t?erjfe^Ien (see 5, b). (b) TRANSPOSITION TO THE END if introducing a SUBORDINATE CLAUSE : I do not know when he will come. 3^ Wti% ittdjt, iPatttt er I do not know what has become 3cfy ipetg ntc^t, ll>a ailS of him. geiporben ifi, 157-158 COMPOUND SENTENCES 209 157. THE INVERTED ORDER (ADVERBIAL ATTRACTION] \ If a CO-ORDINATE CLAUSE is introduced by one of the following ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS (or, CONNECTIVE ADVERBS], the VERB will precede the SUBJECT (as 5, l>) : He is very ill, eniger. indeed, truly, yxax, n?oT]I, freilidj. nay, rather, melmefyr. now, nun aber. on the contrary, bagegen, fyingegen. else, otherwise, fonft. notwithstanding, beffenungeadjtet. then, bann, bamals. meanwhile, unterbeffen, inbeffen. thereupon, barauf. finally, fdjltefjlidj, 3uletjt. there, ba, bort ; here, fyer. thither, bafn'n, bortb,in. hence, ba^er, besfyalb. consequently, folglid?, alfo, mitfn'n. accordingly, bemgemaft. therefore, besbalb, bestsegen. And thus any Adverb, Pronoun, Preposition (not included in 156, 159-168), used to link two clauses, virtually becomes a Conjunction : The Duke received me kindly, Der ?er3og empftng mid? freunblid?; as did also the Duchess. be0{citf)cn tfyat aud? bie f?er3ogin. IDir finb feit langer eit befrennbet, jufccm ftammen tpir aus berfelben Stabt. (Er rpar !ein Derfd?rr>enber, fcicimdjr fonnte man il|m iibergroge Sparfamfeit 3iim Poru?urfe mad?en Obs. i. With t)0(^, icborf) and infccS, either the normal or inverted order may be used : 3d? rootlte ifjm gerne tjelfen; borf) ifi es (or, es tji) rein unmogltdj. Obs. 2. If etf elt an feiner llnfdjulb ; and) id) (/ too] 3tr>eifle baran. 158. CO-ORDINATIVE CONJUNCTIONS WITH A CORRELATIVE: They toil not, neither do they spin. Sie arbeiten nid?t, rttl(^ fpinnen fie nic()t* IDir trafen unfern ^reunb Ivebeif (neither) in feiner H)o!|nung, "i (nor) tuurben rptr auf bem 5pa3iergange feiner anfid?tig. nirf)t gelernt 311 tdufd?en, noc^ ( nor ) t>erftel|e id? jemanb ettoas ab3iiltften. ^ntUct>cr ift betne Befyauptung rid?tig, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^>* or, (*utu>ctcv betne Be^auptung ift ric^tig, > . , or, Deine Bel)auptung ift enttoefcet rid?tig, J Der XUenfd? mu^ ftets bemiil]t fein fid? 311 beffern, fonft toitb et? (or, et? tvitb fonft) Ieid?t Hii(f fd?ritte rnad?en p COMPLEX SENTENCES 159-160 B. COMPLEX SENTENCES. 159. INTRODUCTORY. Subordinate Clauses (cf. 155, B) may be sub- divided according as they stand for (I) a Noun, into Substantive Clauses : Subject. SSo et Ijettfommt (= Seine ^erfunft), ifi mir unbefannt. Object. cfcn. (r mar arm, aber W iuat 3ufriebcn. . . ., aber et >Pivi> balb reid? fettt. Inverted Order. r iji rcid?, bennod? ift et unglurfltdj. . . ., bennod? ift et ung.Iiicfltdj IDa^renb er las, jcirfjnctc i(^. . . Transposed Order. cn/ ba^ er feinen Bruber ttneberfef/en toerbe. 161-163 SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES 211 /. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES. 1 6 1. A Substantive Clause may be linked to its Chief Clause by (1) that, txiffr if it contains a statement or command : 3d? n?eig, bag er fommen n>irb. Dag es regnen tuirb, tft geung. (2) z/, whether, oft ; or (3) an INTER. PRON. or ^Z?F., U>e?, U>aS, UWUU, fcU>, We, if it contains an Indirect Question: Ulan tpetg nid?t, ob (tr>ann) er Fommen u>trb. IDie fid? bas ^ugetragen ft at), tft nod? fefyr 3tt>eifelfyaft* A~0sw. IDerpedjangreift, befubelt fic^. Ace. XPen er metnt, u>et icf/ ntd?t. Z>^/. ID em ntcfyt 311 raten tft, tft atid? ntc^t 311 ^elfen Gen. IDes Brot tc^ eg', bes ieb id? fing* Nom. Was etne Heffel tperben tPtll, fangt Bettig an 311 brennen. Ace. Was t^ benf unb tfytt 9 , trail' i4 anbern 311, 162. A Substantive Clause, depending on a Verb of ASSERTING, KNOWING, etc., may be turned by an INFINITIVE, if the Subject is the same as in the Chief Clause : C&afc w 311 fjaufe gclvcfcn fei; aft e? r|ier O<5j. As in English, the Conj. that, baft, may in most cases be omitted, in which case, however, the Inflected Verb is not transposed : I hope (that) you wil, come with u, SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES 164-166 164. For the sake of emphasis, a SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSE STANDING AS DIRECT OBJ. may be represented pronominally in the Chief Clause by & or fca$ ! 3d? n>eig e$ f bag bu unfd?ulbig bift. Hiemanb farm eS mit Stdjerfjeit befyaupten, bag er morgen nod? leben imrb, Du ftefyft e& nun, bag id? Hed?t fjatte. s ift n?afyr, bag er tfyn fyagt ; aber fca glaube id? nid?t bag er tfyn Thus the Substantive Clause comes to stand, as it were, in apposition to the grammatical Obj. (e or fca$) in the chief clause. 165. In like manner, a SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSE STANDING AS INDIR. OBJ. OF A VERB REQUIRING A PREPOSITION, is represented pronominally in the Chief Clause by fca(t)f* compounded with that Preposition. Compare {3as tc^ r|ter ttwtte (or, iDoKlte) ; rpomtt et? mtr btenen fdnne (or, tfnnte). 1 68. INDIRECT COMMAND (so-called 'oblique petition') : After Verbs and Nouns of 'wishing, ordering, allowing, deserving,' etc., and their contraries, the Verb is best put in the SUBJUNCTIVE: er- rpetcjert 5i)ctt)C* Der Ungenii^fame rerlangt, bag tfym alles 311 Dtenften ftetye* Horn tft tr>ert, bag es em [tiller Cempel feiner geretteten IDtr I^offen * tm ^riir|Itng, menn ber Baitm fc^on blii^t, er aucfy fc^one (Jriic^te brtncjen feiner >ett. * With Verbs of HOPING and FEARING, however, the Indicative is freely used : 3d? fyoffe, er Mffc mir fyetfen. 3^? fiird^te, es ift 311 fpdt. 214 ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 169-170 77. ADJECTIVE CLAUSES. 169. AGREEMENT. If the Antecedent of a Relative Pron. is a PERSONAL PRONOUN, fcet% Me, i>(*3, pi. Me (and not tr>eld?-er, -e, -es ; -e) must be used ; <*, t>e* mir fo r>iel serbanft, fyat mid? fd?ma'fylid? fytntergangen. If the antecedent Pers. Pron. is in the 2d or ^d pers., the Verb in the Adj. Clause either (i) is made to agree in per s. with the Antecedent, which then must be repeated after the Relative : 3ir bie (Semfen jagen, IDie r>erad?t' id? (ud?, bte ifyr euc^ felbft unb bte tDelt Beliigt. i?r (2) w// i'w ^ third person : btl, bet bte ^tmmel fc^llf 1 170. The following Relat. and Interrog. Pronouns require special attention : (a) who (i) relative: toe(d)ct% U>C(rf)C, ^, t>ev, t>ie, bd^ pi. Me* but (2) absolute (he who, whoever] : pecfy berii^rt, befubelt ftc^, 25e* liigt, ber ftte but (2) interrog. SSeffcn f^aus tft btes ? SSBe tft btes (<:) that ( i ) referring to a Noun, or Pers. Pronoun : toeldjet, toeltfK, U>e(c^e^ f pi. toeltfje ; ^, t>ei?, Me, &<*, //. bie ; but (2) referring to Indef. Pron., or to a whole Clause, |tfa tcf? fagen mollte* (2) substantival: 3^ ^^11 btr U>a^ fagen* which ( i ) referring to a Noun : t, Me, t>a^,//. Me; (2) in apposition to a clause: a^ mid? fefyr freut. (3) that which : 2$a3 mid? cirgert tft, bag er ntdjt befennen mill, (***^^ (5) governed by a Prepos. (in which, of which, etc. wherein, whereof}, etc. on id? nid?ts getpu^t fyatte. Thus Dies ift bte Stabt, H>o er geboren tft, Uu>()cv er !ommt, unb tvoOin er 3uriicffel|rt, 171 ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 215 (f) but, relat. ( = who . . . not, which . . . not, etc.) s ift feiner, *>e* es nictyt trwgte. s rergel|t fetn ag, fca id? nirfjt auscjefye* (g) such ... as : Das u>ar ein Kampf, toie ifyn feiner nod? ijefefyn. IDir burd?reiften fold)c (Segenben, frie tpenig, 2Jbtt>ed?fehtncj boten. (h) when, relating to a Nottn : Urn bte eit, toenn (or, too) bas (Dbft retft. (Serabe 311 ber ett, tt>o man an bergletdjen md?t ba^te. CAUTION Relative Pronouns must not be omitted in German, nor may the governing Preposition be placed last, as in English : The book I read. Das Bud?, U>C*cf)C3 tdj lefe. The man I speak of. Der tltann, l>on l>ettt id? fpred?e. N.B. For the English Infinitive or Verb in -ing rendered in Germ, by a Relat. Clause, see 98, b : He was the first (last) to appear. eld?er feine $riid?te trSgt, u>trb (b) as in French, the Verb is put in the SUBJUNCTIVE : (1) if the Relat. Pron. has the force of a CONSECUTIVE or FINAL Conjunction ( 180, 181) : IDafylen Ste bod? einen 2IufentbaIt, ber 3^? rer (Sefunbfyett sutrag* ltd? fei. 3^r tpiinfd?t uc^ einen So^n, ber (Huer 2IIter e^te* . (2) if the chief Clause 'denies, questions, or only exceptionally admit s* the existence of such a class of persons or things as qualified in the Relative Claiise*: There is no rule but has its excep- (s giebt feine Hecjel, Me tttrf)t tions. ifyre 2Jusrtafymen l)rtttc, Thus<$Ls n?irb fid? feiner ftnben, ber bas ntcrnal)u\ Die jrracje, rpeld?e Staatsform bie befte fel, l|at bie 9ried?ifd?en unb romifd?en 5d?riftfteller t?iel befd?a'ftigt. * To say that ' the subjunctive is frequent after a negative main Clause ' as stated in most grammars is simply shirking the real point at issue. Cf. 3^7 tseifj nicfyt, n?o er i|t 216 ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 172-174 ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. 172. INTRODUCTORY. These are subdivided, according to the nature of their adverbial relation to the chief clause, into subordinate clauses of (a) place, in answer to where ? () time, in answer to when ? ) under what circumstances f (c) manner, in answer to how? i.e. by what means ? compared with what f with what result ? ) cause, in answer to why '. (e) purpose, in answer to what for ? (/) condition, in answer to if what ? in what case ? (g] concession, in answer to in spite of what ? 173. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF PLACE are introduced by : where, too ; whither, toofyitt ; whence, too j)ct (often strengthened byaud?,or,nurtmmer,asinEnglishbym?r: wherever ^^ + * * cUtrf))* As in the case of Substantive Clauses ( 163, 164), a correlative demonstrative Adv. (fcrt, tut 1) in, fcrtfyct) is often introduced, for the sake of stress, in the chief clause : (Senf (Geneva) liegt fca, too bie Hfyone ficfy aus bent See ergiefjt. 25to j-rofcfye finb, l>a finb aud? Storcfye. 2So etn 2Ias ift, fca perfatnmeln fief? bte 2IbIer. 3^ lomme eben (t)ott^ei?)r too^et bu felbft fommft. man igt, foil man nid?t lefen, ITtan mug bas (Eifen fd?mieben, fo lanoe es fyetg ift. j /^^ as : <^o tange ber Utenfd? lebt, mug er lernen. without: IDtr folgten ifmt, o^tte ba^ ipir if|n aus bem 2Iucje r>erloren. (<^) Antecedent to the action in the Chief Clause since: cit(fccm) bu wts t>erlaffen fyaft, ift unfer ^aus 6'be unb ftill. after: 9lad)t)cm (Dtto ber (Sroge feine beutfd?en PafaHen Befiegt I^atte, 309 er nacfy 3^ a ^ en when : $tt bie Sonne untergecjangen u?ar, macfyten tuir uns auf ben It)eg, 175-176 ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 217 (c] Subsequent to the action of the Chief Clause : before, ere: pfliicfet bie Hofe, tty fie perbliifyt, t]ort mid? bod? an, bcfcr>v ifyr urteiletl till, until: Der Krug gefyt (fo lange) 3iim Brunnen, fciS (baft) er brid?t. w>fo : &autn tparen u>tr unter Dad? unb (Jad?, al ber Sturm losbrad?. CAUTIONS (i) When: (a) = alS, only if the Verb is in the Preterite or /to/ Perf. ills er !am (gefommen toar), u?ar es fcfyon fpat. (^) = Ipcttlt (Uxtttn), if the Verb is in the Pres. or Fitture: tPenn er fommt (fommen rpirb), n?et id? nid?t. With a /to/ Tense, only if used in the sense of whenever: 0t (or, ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF MANNER AND DEGREE. 175 (a}. ATTENDANT CIRCUMSTANCE (cf. 174, simultaneous time] : a^ (without} man bas geringfte (Seraufcf? t?crnrt!)m* It never rains but it pours. (s regnet nie, o^ne baft es glei($ tnit HToIIen giegt. She can't laugh but she must show Ste f ann ntd?t Iad?en, o^ne i{|re her teeth. ga'fyne ju Iveifen* 176 (^). INSTRUMENT (< by what means] cf. 98) : r fonnte fid? nur l>abt(() retten, baft e* burd?s ^enfter fytang* r tft baburtf) emporge!ommen, baft c* fid? in bie (Stinft bes ^iirften ein3itfd?meid?eln 218 ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 177-179 177 (c). ADVERBIAL CLAUSES RELATING TO COMPARISON. as : %&ie man ftd? bettet, fo fd?Iaft man, as if: Das Pferb fftegt bafyin, alS o& es ^liigel fyatte. like . . . like : SSic bte Saat ift, fo ift aud? bie (Ernte. not so as : titan it bie Suppe niityt fo fyeig al fie ge?od?t tDtrb. (Er rpar nitf>t fo ergrtffen Me id? ertpartet fyatte. more than : (Er 3eigte fid? gef aftte?, ai id? rermutet f^atte. othenuise than : (Es ift in ber EDelt nieles ant>cr$ getporben, a( es flj . . . as : o gele(]rt er ift, fo befcfyeiben ift er audj, the . . . the: e f|o^er ber Baum ift, t>efio fd?tr>erer ift fein ^all. ^e ftar!er ber ^etnb ift, urn fo (or, fecfto) grower ift bie (E^re according as : Du rptrft belo^nt, je nacf)t>cm bu es cerbtenft. CAUTION The Infinitive -Construction (so . . . as to be] is not admissible in German (cf. 90, Obs.} He ran so fast as to be out of (Er lief fo fcfyneG, fcrtfe et aufjer breath. 2Jtem 178 (a^ alle (Setpa'ffer mtt (Eis bebetf t ftnb, CAUTION In accordance with 90, for + Ace. + Infinity = Dependent Cl. introduced by al bafe : !(Er fpra^ ju letfe, a^ ba^ id? ifyn l^atte r>erftel]en fonnen* (Er fprad? fo leife, ba^ id? ifyn nid?t t>erftel|en fonnte. It is too wet for you to go out. (Es ift $tt nag, a( baft bu ails* gefyen fonnteft. IDir toaren su miibe, at^ baft rt)tr unfere IDanberung fatten fort* fe^en fonnen. 179. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES RELATING TO CAUSE. because: Per a,an3e See ift 3ugefroren, toeil es fefyr fait gemefen ift. as ; since: $a ber See 3tia,efroren ift, (fo) fonnen unr Sd?Iittfd?u!| laufen. Hun fann id? frofylid? fd?eiben, ba meine 2Iugen biefen dag gefe^n (baben). X)ii bift boc^ gliicf ltd? ? ja, bu mugt es fein, t>a bu fo geniigfam bift. 180-181 ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 219 As in the case of other Dependent Clauses, a CORRELATIVE ADVERB is often inserted in the Chief Clause for the sake of emphasis : Die rnte ift (fcatye?) fd?Ied?t ausgefaflen, toett es 311 met geregnet fiat. erlaffen, toeil nid?t alles nad? feinem Sinne ging. CAUTION In Engl. and French, 'Cause' may be denoted by using the Verbal form in -ing (-ant) ; but not in German (cf. 98, b) : Being ill [etant malade], I could $<**, fo fonnte id? not come. nid?t fommen, He being absent, I must stay at $<* e* (rttvefenfc ift, fo tUU home. id? 311 ?aufe bleiben, 1 80. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES RELATING TO PURPOSE. so that:<&C[W, Pater unb XTtutter, auf 1>amit i^r's alle n)tffei lest: (ile bod?, bdntit bu ben >ug nid?t terfe^Ieft, Bet ber (Eroberung ^erufalems burd? bie K fafyrer murben m'ele eid?name uerbrannt, niiftt anftetf enbe Kranf(|etten entfte^en mod?ten As in 173, with a CORRELATIVE ADV. in the Chief Clause : $(mtttt eben letfyt er feinem, fcamit er ftets 3U geben f|abe 181. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES RELATING TO CONDITION. (a) with the INDICATIVE to denote a POSSIBLE CONTINGENCY: If / am contented, / am happy. IDenn id) 3ufrieben fcin, fo Htt id) gliicflid?. (b) with the SUBJUNCT., to denote an UNREAL CONTINGENCY: If / were (were /) contented, ^j / should be happy. XPenn ic^ 3ufrieben to&ve, > fo tD&te id) gliitflicb;* or, SSftte tc^ 3ufrieben, J (or, fo lt>iltte id) gliitf Ht^ feitt) If 7 to/ & contented, ^ / should have been happy. IDenn id) 3ufriebert (iciucf en f fo to&te i<^ glii(f lid? Unite, or, ^z^ 7^^ contented, I (or, fo H>ii^e id) SBftte ic^ 3ufrieben getoefen, j g^^^f^ fein** SSenn bein eniiffen rein ift, fo fannft bu ber Perleumbung tro^en, SSenn alle guten C^aten belol|nt ipiirben, fo gab's balb feine Cugenb mel|r. Money, if ill employed, is of no use. 5d?Ied?t angemenbetes (Selb ift ntt^Ios. Experience, when dearly bought, is Ceuer erf aufte (Erfafyrung ift seldom thrown away altogether. felten frud?tlos. * It will be seen that in the Premise, the Verb is in the Subjunctive, in the Conclusion the Verb may be in the Subjunct. or Conditional. 220 CONDITIONAL CLAUSES 182-184 182. INVERSION OF SUBJECT AND VERB IN CONDITIONAL CLAUSES. IN English, the INVERSION OF SUBJECT AND VERB, to express a Hypothesis, is allowed with AUXILIARY VERBS only, and only in a PAST TENSE ; in German with any Verb, both in Present or Past: IDie ftiinb's um eud?, ( $dfl irf) mein i^eer siu'itcf ? for (How would it be with you?) \ tvcun id) metn ?eer snturfjdfle? 3ft fie fceoetfteut, unb t?on (Sott gefcmbt, (fo) unrb fie ben Kontg 311 entbecfen unffen. 183. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES RELATING TO CONCESSION. although, though: 3^? &'& gefyord?en, ofofltcid) id) (or, oft id) fllettf)) nod? manges fagen fonnte. *w though (if] : 2$etw bies atlrf) oal^r fein follte, f o . . , SSenn aud^ Berge unb Coaler tins trettnen, fo irerbe id? bir bod? ftets ein treues 2JnbenFen beipa^ren. Keine ef|ten ber Welt, twt> U>enn fie mit feurtgen ungen geprebigt tpiirben, !onnen ber IDirfung ber Ct^atfad?en gleic^!ommen however much : (Ein fyeittger IDille lebt, toie att(^ ber menfd?Iicf?e Come what come may, Komme, was fommen mag, Time and the hour runs through the Die Stunbe rtnnt cmd? burd? ben roughest day. rcmfy'ften Cag. CAUTIONS (i) Notice the different order of words in Much as I admire him ; <^0 fcf)t? id? ifyn aitd? betPUttbere ; Great as my astonishment is ... ^O fltoft ClUC^ mein (Erftaunen ift . . . Powerful though he be . . . SSHe mad?tig et? attrf) ift (or, f etn tttafl) . . . (2) Notice that the ofc of o&aleirf), o()^oi)( f o^f(^otlr may be rendered by the Inversion of Subject and Verb : 184. ELLIPTICAL AND ABSOLUTE CONSTRUCTIONS. As in English, but to a less extent, the Subject and Verb of a dependent Clause may, for the sake of terseness, often be omitted: The lion is easily tamed, if caught 3 un 9 eingefangen, ift ber young. orpe Ieid?t 311 3a'^men. If all too straitly bent, the bow will 21 H 3 u ft r a ff g e f p a n n t, 3er* snap. fpringt ber 23ogen. The wound, though severe, was not IDenn aud? gefa'fyrlid?, tr>ar mortal. bie XOunbe bod? nid?t totlid?. i 185 SUBJUNCTIVE In many cases the English absolute construction is best avoided : The Swiss, when at peace, em- 3 n ^rtebettsseitett rer* ployed their troops for hire in mietetett bte 5cfyrr>et3er tfyre foreign service. (Eruppett, Books cannot always please, how- Sogtltaucfy bieBiicfyerfinb, ever good. fo fonnen fie bod? nicfyt immer gef alien. He is sure to come, when called. (r tpirb gerptf} fommen fob alb er (jerufett rr>irb* I shall honour the draft, when due. 3^ tuetbe bte 2lrm?etfuttg 3Ur fjonorteren. 185. BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES. CAUTION With the exception of INDIRECT QUOTATIONS and of CONDITIONAL CLAUSES, no hard and fast Riiles can be laid down (as in Latin and French] for the use of Moods in German. Whether the INDICATIVE or SUBJUNCTIVE is to be preferred in Clauses not men- tioned above, depends on the degree of REALITY or CONTINGENCY as conceived in the mind of the speaker. That which really "governs" the Subjunctive is not so much the Conjunction which mechanically links the Dependent Clause with the Main Clause as the speaker's mental attitude with regard to the statement contained in the Dependent Clause. (a) THE SUBJUNCTIVE must be used in German : (1) In Indirect Quotations, cf. 165-167 : Cato used to say that he was never Cato pftegte 311 fagett, er f ei nte less alone than when he was fo rpertig attetn, als tuettn er alone. alletn fei* (2) in Hypothetical Sentences, if the Verb is in the Preterit or Past Perfect (cf. 181, b) : If I were not Alexander, or, IDetUt tcfy ntcfyt 2JIer.artber Unite, ( Were I not Alexander), (28ft*e id? ntcfyt 2IIer.attber), I should like to be Diogenes. fo Uwnf (f)tc id? XUocjettes 311 feitt, (Er tfyut, als ob er fyier ber Itleifter Uu'ivc* N.B. Notice'the symmetry of Mood and Tense in 3d? tvunfdjtc er fftwe balb. N.B. The hypothesis may be contained in a Phrase, or implied : (Dfyne bid? U Ctmi>etfle barcm, bag er ber red?te Ittann fei (or, iff), Dcr Dtd?ter r>erbtent, bag man The poet is praised, and de- tfyn }tmft* servedly so. Per Dtd?ter r>erbtent, bag man The poet is deserving of praise. tfyn j>*eife* Obs. After Verbs of * knowing, believing, perceiving, hoping, fearing,' rather with INDICATIVE, if the Verb is in the PRESENT : 3d? (er) roeifj, bafj fte auf bent Canbe ift, 3d? f ef?e (er fter/t), bafj bit tr/m ein eid?en gieftfi. 3d? fyore (er rjort), bafj jemanb an ber Cfyiir ifi. With SUBJUNCTIVE or INDICATIVE, if the Verb is in the PRETERIT: 3d? (er) ttfitfjte, bafj fte auf bent Canbe fcj&te (or, 3d? (er) fat?, bafj bit tfym ein geid?en gftftefi (or, O 3d? (er) r/orte, ba jemanb an ber Crjiir iufttc (or, Thus in 'Per 2Ir3t glaubt, ba id? franf ^itt (or, fet);' the use of Bin or fei does not affect the physician's opinion, but the speaker's own feeling about that opinion. (2) in Temporal, Final, and Consecutive Clauses, according as the object in view is considered certain (real] or uncertain (contingent] : /3dj Umftc, Us bas Baus nerfauft iff. \ f , TtrC \ 3d? Uidttete, bis bas ^aus cer!auft U>fti?e. / d {3d? btnbe ben Baum an, bamit er gerabe UJacf)ft (or, Umrfjf c)* 3d? banb ben Baurn an, bamit er gerabe lvurf)fc Thus in Comparative Clauses (Er ift alter als id? geglaubt I did not think he was so old as fcatte* that. A W^ ipa 'diWHQg KOA -SHO ^Cg -stejuaqoia HOA pJ8 ep 'P9 ' S 3 Pr l vCq { ii3inqi300A pu^ QUIW}U.O etQ J 'P9 * S 3 'oragi UHOVMSV^ -3 "O ^q 'sasioiaxa put? 'X 'Tieqoa'Binsn'BH 'pg 'si -yj\[ 'a^aJt '0 ^ 'sospjaxg; pu^ ^.iBtnq esn eift jqj 'pa^ipg pu-e pa^ogpg - "P9 'ST -OAgaqoio '0^ 'sraoipl 'SJ^f ^g '8.18^9^ I 9JITE /ajj[] P9 -st 'looi[0g ,SJ90.t9j\[ eq^ ui JQ^SB^-^UTJ^STSSV .aavg -g Xq 'AViBitiqEOOA PUB 'SQ^O^ 'uoi^onpoa^ui n^uv 'ps^ipa -e^sov.P .10 ^1 9P xneadeq et ^9 9uu9ta9qis 9un9f -BT; e^si-Qy^ 9Q PUB 'A\njp:iqi?ooA 'se^o^ II^TA\. *A3AavH HJLiag; ouu^zng J13J -sirav sa:n9i ^9 S^TI-BJUH sojsE z-suaoo 'O NVHHHO QMV SHIHHS AHVJMIHd S. si 'XHOVNSVJ 'a -f) A*q pa^ipa * TJ B SB pa^d^py 'H ^ P 8 ^P3 'J9S-BT; S-BQ pg -SS UHOVMSV,! -g -f) ^q poitpft liei, niT9TilTA\. ^ITT m^sissy ''V'H *civaHsaoj\[ 'y -Q; -g PUB '-yg 'aa^Hnx T 'a ^q 's^o^j pu pg - sg ^S'Bjpg 'uoi^n^r^sui ]t?ouu9pBOV I jo '-^n'CI ^'Y'H '^oaiang 'o Aq pa^ipg; '^I'Bn^s BU-BH p9 'Sg 'HOIAV 9ia JQIi ^QOHOS MOiaHO,T Sc 00 QNY NYTOKOYH uj] T'H * pg 'S3 -ggpuquiBO '99noo jo Avonoj 9^i MtOUH ITS i^sBj^ire^sissv '"V'W 'xoaaioo '0 A"q *P9 'Sf -aSp ""UttJ um[UAV9x TB s9i3n8uT3T; ujapojv ni jajn^oa^ '33^ 3Nvp Xq 'II ^ JB J U T xipuoddy ire ^ UOA z^o> l UJ] *l0"0l[0g .SJOl^BJ, ^UBt[OJ8J\[ *9pTg UJ9pOJ\[ 9q^ JO 'Y'I\[ ' T9 -sg UHOVKSV,! '3 *O ^ P^TPH 'IIX uotfvjtvddjdui] '99ttoo uo^ui{pAi n l J9^s'Bj\[-^u'8^sissY ''Y'H cu 601 ! ^6 's6 ZSi 'S3 'uaipjunm 93 ' 1 01 '5m- ui 'A qji 93 'Sz 'juvj >zz 'wajjocn 'oZi 'uoaom 'aoljom 'uiljoai 'oai 'on '9Z 91 '391 ' ! SZ 91 '( "IHLJUI qjiAV ! (^) Sg i 'o '0^ ' oZi ' '33 'Q 191 '( XZCINI oZi '(s) 191 ' Zl oZi '(.7 'v) t (s) 191 ' Zl 'J9A9.I9q.Ai. Zi 'oZi Zi ' 1 tit ! (p) Sb '-o}9 'SUMOI jo S9UTEU 69 ' '91 SOI ' Z 8 i ' Vzr> ' i 'Zi '(^) oZi '(z) 191 Zgl 'OZi '(s) 191 '(?) ti VIS '(/?) IS oZi 'aatpjaoi oZi 'spcn i m (2?) i'Zi 'quaaijpm '(S) 9* '(#) St 'aoa t 1 (q] 9^ "^pj '{ApB tn 'uoa OS-Zl l S2JWjl punotfiuo^ aiqvjvfos 6l \lqja.l 'JI9S (q} "bZi 'luaq^iaj 'jiaj ss 'is 'uiaj X3GNI 91 'W l 'oq 'A*ISS " U S (i V) 931 'dioi^iy fo uott 161 'y/zpj 'oZi gq o; 5ou ! 1/1-691 '-uo^j 9fi 03 '61 '(?) 8* '(?) ^i '*f*^ 9at oz 'sq^zjl jvx ZSi fcsi '31 ) ss 'uaiimu X3GNI 772 zr? '31 's'B qonui ! o-hi '(?) tn 'qontn ZSl 'J9A09IOUI ZZi 'oti '-jsoui Sgi-sZi '391-991 ' 'O X3|d in 191-^1 "13 3ldmi ui ' ( 'v) 63 '12 9Ai2q oq. 'pnira Zs P uv ZSi Zs 'uoSoiu "JJ9J 'j-rej jo p^9isui ! 91 '-ooy J91JE ! 291 '091 '( l v) S ' jo 9DB[d ! vwz?^ 'oZi '-b6-Z8 'yfitftui/uj 991 '(z) 191 l 'fU9W9?Bt$ ?&-**PUJ Zgi '(s) 191 I uo2?s3n) pdMpuj 911 'jo ti '-fnvj 'g i 'umu ' jo - A 'Suwvpu 6 't 'o 391 'p (q] Ssi ,'() iZi '91 'i-Z 'aatfvnpuj i 'sqo 'LSj. 'saqui ! SZi 'luaqui ZZi '831IT ' ' 93[It Si I '9^ 'Of} ( QJ[l{ 6 'z *o^ '^aj Og I *^S9l s6i 'xijjns 'jajs '(^) 23 '(^) -^(9 '(2?) si 'ua^uj (p)tt 3iu jo IUJ9J ^ j9yE ind 'Suoj 361 s xijjns Xq p9SS9idxa ' 'isqns * V8 S 'uauuo^ PUB u {^) ooi 'o 'ZS"i '09 1 'S ''APY '0 = 'sdSTivi^ ttAtv&o Zoi '2ni- ui -A q;iA\ ' SutXji|Bnb ! ZSi iSi '901 '03 '^9 '6S 'ui 031 '^qq. jgpjo UT I Si ''JBpJ 'qtJWB UI ! 901 'Sin- ui -A qiiAv 1 03 '29 'TIT ( '>) Zl 4 X|9AI -X9U9J pgsn sq*9ji ! 7/2273 '31 'dd-issVfj ! z I sdsnwi3 jvuosMtfutj 01 '3sudj. i 91 ^fLtfV jo uopi;9d9J o; 'u 6 Snot AV.OTJ (p] 6 'lu 191 '. 6Z ' Sii '101 '(q] V6 'o 691 '191 'oq^. 9q : (q} 88 'J9^9q I (q) t6 ' 'uyuj '(:?) is 'uaquq H '31 'S-B ^9JS : oti '-B 'reap ^T89iS S '(s o) si 'o^ '^95 Si i / (a)uaa6 911 'jo DB{d i Z^i '3App.red 1 s^ 1 "^"^ 1 its X&GNI 9^ 'SAipsfqo 'da^ '(/) & 'i w Zgi 'uoirei9}i9.i 9}ou9p 05 'xggjd '^ O sqQ '(p) 6 'asmirns ! Sz 'zi '(:?) z*v 'Suu^psp jo 'AqitM ' 19 '*! 01 'Sni- ui 'A qjiA\ ! i ZSi (s) 9$i ''fuoo 'JOJ ui ! to i *3ni- ui '06 '"ugui q}iA\ ! 19 '-daad *JOJ 'spunod -11103 ui pgpayui 'suno (v) z 'o^'i sqo '(v) si 'o^ pe^oadxa (q) i 7 6 'o^ ' (q) z6i 'Zs 31 '(ji) /91 ''fqo 'UIBJQ 1911 jo ! t ' 'otpajj 1 z ' 'fqng 'uiBaf) 'sa (3) fZi "fuoo '919 z) 9?i ''fuoo 'a (p) zi 'jo 'A I 2ui 'jo JO 90F[d [ZZI-OZI (t UV *J 9 P U I /u l 3 os '6 1 ! Si i '91 'oij 09 ' Zi 'aaijjaoq i -^(9 'ZSi 'ipoq 101 '9uop 9A"Bq o; dmg I 'sqo 'Z *0^ 'op oZi 'uajjaq 'saq oZi 'uaaaq i '-uojj 'repa 'Szi ' jo ! 611 '311 '"W /S1) Q /3 W /aa Q (s) 9? i 'fuoo 'uuaq 911 ' jo 88 '0^ '9J-BP sod9id 'B q^iM pgpunoduioo '(a i 'ocn a 83 'ptnoo (0} zb ' jo 'A ^Sui&ptsvos ZSi 'k^ngnlbgsuo ZQI '181 f tn 'poo]/\i 'jvuo^tpuo^ 995 'psoiuoj Si 'sunofr (p) zt ' jo 'A 'Su-Ls QZ 'TI-BO (2?) zt ' jo A 'SuyivD O 9^1 '01 '3m- ui *A qiJAV 1 6? '^q (v) j/i '091 '(3) 9 Si "fuoo l .(z *v) iZi '(/) oZi '-uoid 'jBpj ! 88 ''Ap^ '(^tiq (s) 9?i 'pu-B * qioq ! Zi ' (q} S 8 i 'W Wl 8? 'p (3} tZi 'aoaaq ZS 91 ! (q} f6 '0^ '9A9I '6Zi 6S XZGNI SS 'pmqaq (y) fZi '-fuoD ! 01 'Sui- ui A qiiAV : ^8 'W ' 6Zi VTZZT? '(?) 6g 'is 'oq. '9q a 091 ' jo 90Bjd ! i 'sqQ '091 '}no ip\ '. S-iz *sqj,dji /Ctmjtxny (p) 9^ 'SUD 8^ *M 9^ '(2) St 7 's9DBjd jo S9UIBU qjiM ^ttp ZSi '^ttto gi 7 1 - L 1 1 ' uoi}V23Zl dMinquM. y (z) 9$ I ''fuOD ' (z?) t 7 /! 'S-B Snot Sq tun fo (aiq) st?Q S aaq ' ]6ur aiq ' o; uaiuuii;jaq=aaijaoa 'aupsopaid o; b) 6S w 5 Xq tt '(jo) 9UDS9J 9q; o; '}no ij^pg aiq 'IIO ' uaaoqaSttau f 91^ o; ^U 'ssinoDjo v J *- * * ;iiu naqunqaaa c uajia; C 9j^qs o; 6^1 ^5- f I-BAV JO S9UIp 727(7" ?/;z^z ^.' uaqa6a6 6^1 ^i 1 ' aaq ' uiaj o; go I 99s i Suiyed uo lu]aqut)ijaq '^aa; o; -jj aaq 's 9*911 s[iods 'Xaid jo uoa ujdiiuium ^^IAV UIJ^MS oj * * * ojii3q3 l sv - ' - ^ jjuojiun 1 5ii3q36a3a 'mv* ut q;iA\ /fas 'j9uS jo Xuoxfe U^B ui OZ 4 6l 99S i J9l{}0 31113 * * ' (05) uops9nb -B ;nd Liz ia 'JUDOO oj lg 33S i uo 19 vds i .TOJ a^y 'uomn 'in 0} uauijojaq *p^A\9j o; ipiaafcaij 'snouopiA 9q oj o; Iiaqoja6 'AVOA o; J o; ipijqaij * S 1 1 osfo d2s i oq o; uaaljtta (pij 'at;s o; (u y ;>a) ;q3u pooS fos *9snro jaq jo aopsnf a 'uoidui-Bqo ^uajaam^lll^ 'uMop Avoaq; o; v;^ 'uagttruag *(jo) jTodsgp o; eoi 'jo aaq ^^ ua^iaj6aq 'Xu^duioooB o; aaqaim '.ivaddvai o; iua ^ua;aiqa6 'uiofu9 o; jqootaqa^ 'tpA\9j-Bj ptq o; 'o; (quaa^nqa6) 9iip jfo JO djofdq pwvjcf 'o; 9;isoddo 881 jaujjocnaq 'p L,\> ^y f ajoij laq ^moo ^ (aaqn) uaaijnj. uaaamipjaq ^'ll (pi) '(jo) ui^duioo o; sa ^ uia) ;6i 1{J.-lCSl 'JJDJJ 'JO aiq 'uopisodsip (9) ^ ^aaqaf 'jo aiq a/^ 191 dds uaquamaaa ^(0^) 9}OA9p o; Sutq;ou uajjnijaaa ^ o; '6g ws i p9utB;qo gq 0} qo oj I aana; J anm cq ^ -op 'SEAS. ami ' '9UI-BS Xl9A 3imq }i /fas <}pn}s }i }Bqj pjnoM jajjtujua '" j /f#.r 'uodn U99S (3t) I9A9 }-eq} 6vs 'AYES J9A9 no A" 9U1130 ) U9qA\ /Cvs ' ' UMOp U9qM 727^ ?/;;Q ' l; 9*911 < ipij 4 u9dd^q o; o; S 1 1 ws i 9ans 9q o} 1 6 1 % ws i qoiqAA. 'o; jps s 9uo dpq o; 1U3J 3qr>^pj 'A~}id B 9q o; t6ij3Jum? ^qopm i 13 p9lp}9.IM. OS }OU 9J9AV JIB; A"m ji ttvs 'B jo omui ji l3q^llt)) S9[qqm qsy v s'B uoos B /Cvs '9;Tq -B ;gS noX SB uoos S (p) iz ws i o; 9q 36lU13 'M9J fV(j 111101 ^.'113 3iq asqn j]3 j snq 'X o; 9ZI9S o; 7;;) .j.U3J13a6a3 a31llt)d *s{99q s t 9uo o; 9>[B; o; a3Q ^pur> 'oo; 9q; PIS^BAV 9q; Xq *AI 'S6 a?J i SuiA"t AVBS 6i|^pt?ad ^^ 'iB}idBo < jo 9^128 9q; JOJ IM. /fz?y c o; 9.ins si A\oq iCvs *9soddns ^^y 'i3lj 7;; *ioq .^113^)31^ '(jo) |puis o; Z 2dS i J9pUOA\ J pp PUB ]|iq J9AO - -xog 9^ piw MVH dqj, -o fntuunjjwa '90IOA auo q;i =1301 pUB '( 111 U3q31J o; fe) 88 MS i J9}}9q 9ABq 5iq ^ tt f o; puiui B 9ABq aoj fpv / i3]a3]r 'jo sjjos HB (vz/w) ;]qj3J siq jo ^ U3&13 *^ 'UA\O ZOI ^^ f UIAJ9SJO '6z 1131113 ui 4 p9;uio 6uqn 'y9j 9q o; 'snoduiod uiiq J9yB piiB fas 'Xq U36uqtt ai]l 's U363Ot;3Ul3lU C .i9n^tu ; qo *a 5U36uqn 'sgpi 3a3JUtt U1D6 '? B ANVJfiaVDOA o; U3lir>A 6 'oo; iq OUO A"J9A9 JO S}U9UI 9q} - taipadjaa ' sAipadsai uiaj ;uuo6aaa 'pawiuuad sq o; " o; iftx aaq ^^// 'uopisoddo Sn (?9I 0.T/2? 99S] SVM. * ' ' 9JOJ9J9qj pUB * }OU 9q SB /Cvs ^SBAV ' Supq ^ou *oq uaj]a;)=iuiaijuu a^iy ^ABSJ o; ua^pr>ui uaq 'isaSSns o; <8 * * 9JOUI 9q^ ' 9JOUI 9l ua;arotaa j ^t?J 53 'p9}09dx9 9q X^ra uioqM-oj 6vs 4 uioqA\ o; S U99q pT3q uopssnb 9q; SB /Cos 'uasure 2uiABq aiq 'Su uti;) 'X B uodn of 2u*pU9jUO3 sivunuy -g ta i -pv pwpuu 3q 6vw *si PBJ 9qi ^91 '91 ^r ^n^r?q 'reqj o; SUV ami *9DU9J9p-J|9S J99qS UT ;paj^a6 'ps^ods im * * * (uaj|iot tai) llin ' * jo 9^BS 9q; aoj ;jjljc>aa nq uiaq uoa jo }-eq} naaoty i uoiu *- Sill apv ' 9ji| o; 9jo;s9i o; S9I ^f i pBq 9q auunmag) * Ji ua6c>m 'arep o; 9q A\oq ndpsanb 9q; uo p9t|d9i /Cvs 'p9i{d9J A\oq o; 9onpui o; t) 'snoprpy utanbaq 1 6iddn .j.U3Ull}3U 6l>J^>J3 Ul jfnqajaa ^ o; , 'lit)) .j.liaSuudj '(o;) qsm ^)lj^0jd 'u9ppns B jo JJ w ^; uoiinv^ d2s fguop 9q g I of suoifnvj MS i '}V(j 6iwjttiung aiq ^uo iijajuim c 9uiqM o; 'uotqsno ur>j c yos uoa 621 MS i 9}unoABj aquijq aaq 'uii^p 3spj J9AOD9I o; ttvs uaqaujaft ' uoiss9ssod dn 9AiS o; i3) aaq ' uaqaaaaqn ' lliattbaq i aiq * 'p9tdnooo 19 a?j i joj s i .T9uiinns 9tio ijqai^ aaq ' HJ puouiwi(j f g uauuojaq 'Suisnure uajjrxn luog aaq ^ o) 'u9qA\ .i3yB J9A9 ma| ;6t?ja6 ^>i) sa t^ o; aaq 'qruqs uo^pjaaqunm '(^piH 3 !! v;/) A 9AO I U3iaa Ull 'JIB U9do 9q; in llliaq '(uoyMfofm) q;.iB9 uo d*t?q JJOJ 5DCH UT39UI noX op ;^qM . v . n g . . . o; *;x9u 3q 01 aaq /Cvs * uajja6aaa 'j ;;aj wy 'jpiq ^oiqi uajc>Jaaa *;IBS oo; t 7 Z i 33S i Sumi-B[duioo tlint>| 'J9UOOS OU ;uiiui;Jaaa 3 l ''} 3 aq 'JQJ UOISBDOO 727) JOOq iq \ " 'qSnoiq; 995 o} 11 ' 9UOp UBq; pIBS J9UOOS Oil o; oj. y 3JtllU3g) U3lii]OJ3q tt^ (uotj&fuyju?} \ ^q z '(?) 6 aaf i 2uuB9 'jo ;u9S9jd B 9^ui o; a3^iJ3q I 9q; ;o pjoy ^)Ttt) iu3qut) a3;un ^ ipnr> oj 'os^ pip SB aaj f -punfuoo 'JGJ -v^3 3iq 'pooqinoqqSpu 33UU} 31Q ' '6una3 jaij a, I SB /Cvs '(iaujeS) puB}s.i9pun TO * 'jpsraiq o; qiaajaaa jo ' A*BA\ A*q ajtw tt ipij '}unooDB o; ujn; o; patunj j ji ';i 9I9M. A\oq sCvs 'uin; o; 9i9A\ j JT SOJ* '(xijjns) ss9|- aiQ *9Uioq (p) o; liutag) naaaaijaaa ^ i - JO 9Ip aaq ' o; 2? pUV)S Of ' < (9uip) pugds o; (v) z SB }t{2ii * aaqaj aiq ' y) 911 ^J qun o; aiq 'uoi i v^^/ ^;;/) ut? *Xq ss-ed ua6aoiu 'Sumaoui J9iuiuns ^9 995 ( . 'DP '9UIJ B (lit)) UO - /Tz?^ * '0}3 *9UIJ 9UO o; 9sn o , 'iz III *pU9q9iddB o; o; (aaq) *S9I| Ol|A\ - /CVS *-0}3 *9UI A\Ol{S 3q; /iz?y *si 'ssjnoD jo a]]oai nB9j o; I U3J)opja'6ji}3 J. *';oqs pBq TJ SBM ;Bq; jijomapaag) s^nt 19 uaaaaijaui ;ia 5*19$ /O '}V(J 'rarep aaq 111 9ioj9q }qiu 9q; jnt)g) J a3dd3j} aoq ^u 6111301 jfynii *aiwn ^ ;ou 313 qaiat auu '}U9tuqsiund 9q; pgands um j SB .[o 727(7" 31Q ^uauiqsiund aq 91 a?J i SBAV }i 6l^lOl P^P^ 'snouiuirq lloat)Q ^pl} (tt?) 31Q '( llt) 'oj sq; 'jv(j qiim ^' o; *3SJinoD jo 'pgpiA ^)l} '(jo) uiB /f^ p^yfiys M)d9p zyj, '6 1 5 UIQJJ ar>quii3|a3aun ' < 9DU9S9jd XlU 01 J) 31Q 'UOpTJ^IAUt ^311^110 ';d9DDE o; 50]6at) ^.^y 'AreMim (^) ^t 7 ! ^5" i 9UO ^y ^3611113 '8 1 3)i3m ^DOJ 9qi JO uajjoj. gnj <;ooj ps ^ 'ip 9qi jo 9tio-siq} p9zi9s U9q; /Cvs ' Suiqoi'Bus 'gq uoiss9ssod 9^ 93s i }noq^ 9q '55.113613^3 'fzstw^f c quiip 31Q 'dooi; 'fnt^f) ui *}jy '/dp '3j]i;g a3q 111 '(jo) p^gp 9qi ut 'UI99S o; U3^ppai3q 'pj^nS 01 'fpv 'qinos U363J36 'pg^mts ;ur>)oduu 'Suisoduii U3 '{njpuiui w is^M ANV7fl8VDOA tuaj!a<#ua 'isAoostp o; qaujuaaojg aaq u?y 'j m, ' * * ui (fc '' o; o; 'jo sssq; / o uoi].o(Ld(j-fps '9 iag) aaq ^ti]qr>^ aiq ' uanb '3jo[duit o; aiq ^nqj i^ aiq 'di| * Sjt) qjt)q 'oj *S-B uoos SB aoa ^pij aa^np 'psAofoAo sosid aat)q;]o| SDQ ' snopsjd 3U1BD 3l{ ^^ i qono; ;)j]ica aaiuuii nq sum' ;]ung) aiq 1 9 d?s i jqj 5[ST3 o; uajjiaj uauia 'SOIAJSS ^ ispuai o; aiq l v;/) suaiut?^ ' quajjojaaa 'Sup (ess 3q; 'aa$ aiq) aa$ aaq '3^1 ^S ^^ jo ^spiui 9q; ui 727(7 y?t iun qaij *jps s 4 suo j^spus o; ua;)ijaaqn ';i (l) 6ll d3S i UBUI % dds i si U3JUDJ dJ2q 'uni o; aaq aaqat t aaiuiui ^pup aam 'j3A3oqM a3 Q ^BAV j^q 727(7 ^;z/?2 'uoa jo '^(9 '(?} 8 x aaq '^ou; ) i ) Xgjd 1 995 ' jt 5t)Q * ipjqttij 'gsinoo jo uaaaaj 'X^dtu9 o; I oi ids i q^iM 9uop 9A-Bq l 99S 'Xqj t^ ijncn ?^y ' quajttaty 7;; 'Su^ ^.uajjioi 'jo MOU^ o; ;iaat 'JBJ vi ^ t p99u o; r>q jo 'uurq 'u n5 'n^ J 1 SJ 9 op /T2?y j op S 1 1 w/ 995 \ uajioij *9doq iiaqmSaq 4 p9u ua^a] |do>j; uaq 111 /pi) 'p-B9q s 9uo o;ut }i 95[B; o; jijaja^ ualjaqino 'sjgpjo 9soqA\Xq fytt^llia 7;; '9onpo.qui juai;r>(j aa iaq ^uafp ;Jaa 'pasudins ain 0} ;ia(g aiq 'ami; f z '(?) Zi tjSa'i sin no 06 1 '/I i 3UIUI JO o; ) 8 1 aaQ aiQ 'siqj jo SSR-BD 727(7 y# andg aiq |no 'arai; o; uaijniuaq ^pij 'ua^pnjaaa 4 fc uauwioj'uuaty <9uioq uanpi oj mput (uaiumoj=iuialj) qu, oj '^